e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One) |
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|
|
|
For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 |
|
or |
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Commission File Number: 001-32407
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
20-1700361 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
700 North Central Avenue, Suite 550
Glendale, California 91203
(818) 500-0225
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrants principal executive
offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class |
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered |
|
|
|
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
NONE
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated
filer (as defined in Exchange Act
Rule 12b-2). Yes o No þ
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting
common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to
the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the
average paid and asked price of such common equity, as of the
last business day of the registrants most recently
completed second fiscal quarter. N/A
As of March 2, 2005, there were 43,931,154 shares of
the Registrants common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain Exhibits to Registration Statement (File
No. 333-119788) on Form S-1 of the Registrant are
incorporated by reference herein.
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004
Table of Contents
In this report, American Reprographics Company,
ARC, the company, we,
us, and our refer to American
Reprographics Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless
the context otherwise dictates.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We have included or incorporated by reference into this report,
and from time to time may make in our public filings, press
releases or other public announcements, statements that may
constitute forward-looking statements, as defined by
federal securities laws, with respect to our financial
condition, results of operations and business, and our
expectations or beliefs concerning future events. Words such as,
but not limited to, believe, expect,
anticipate, estimate,
intend, plan, targets,
likely, will, would,
could, and similar expressions or phrases identify
forward-looking statements. In addition, our management may make
forward-looking statements to analysts, investors,
representatives of the media and others.
All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties.
The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of
the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of
which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results
may differ materially from expected results.
Factors that may cause actual results to differ from expected
results include, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions and a downturn in the architectural,
engineering and construction industry; |
|
|
|
competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors; |
|
|
|
our failure to anticipate and adapt to future changes in our
industry; |
|
|
|
uncertainty regarding our product and service innovations; |
|
|
|
the inability to charge for our value-added services to offset
potential declines in print volumes; |
|
|
|
adverse developments affecting the State of California,
including general and local economic conditions, macroeconomic
trends, and natural disasters; |
|
|
|
our inability to successfully identify and manage our
acquisitions or open new branches; |
|
|
|
our inability to successfully monitor and manage the business
operations of our subsidiaries and uncertainty regarding the
effectiveness of financial and management policies and
procedures we established to improve accounting controls; |
|
|
|
adverse developments concerning our relationships with certain
key vendors; |
|
|
|
our inability to adequately protect our intellectual property
and litigation regarding intellectual property; |
|
|
|
acts of terrorism, violence, war, natural disaster or other
circumstances that cause damage or disruption to us, our
facilities, our technology centers, our vendors or a majority of
our customers; |
|
|
|
the loss of key personnel or qualified technical staff; |
|
|
|
the increased expenses and administrative workload associated
with being a public company; |
|
|
|
failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls
necessary to accurately report our financial results and prevent
fraud. |
All future written and verbal forward-looking statements
attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are
expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary
statements contained or referred to in this section. We
undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any
obligation, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise. You should, however, consult further
disclosures we may make in future filings of our Annual Report
on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and
Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments thereto.
1
See the section entitled Risk Factors in Item 1
of this report for a more complete discussion of these risks and
uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These
factors and the other risk factors described in this report are
not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause
actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any
of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or
unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently,
there can be no assurance that the actual results or
developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if
substantially realized, that they will have the expected
consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties,
you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such
forward-looking statements.
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES
We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks, copyrights
and trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of
our business, including the names American Reprographics
Companysm,
ARCsm,
Abacus
PCRtm,
BidCastersm,
EWOsm,
MetaPrinttm,
OneViewsm,
PEiRsm,
PlanWell®, PlanWell
PDStm,
PlanWell
Enterprisesm,
and various design marks associated therewith. This report also
includes trademarks, service marks and trade names of other
companies.
2
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY 2004 ANNUAL REPORT
PART I
Our Company
We are the leading reprographics company in the United States
providing business-to-business document management services to
the architectural, engineering and construction industry, or AEC
industry. We also provide these services to companies in non-AEC
industries, such as technology, financial services, retail,
entertainment, and food and hospitality, that also require
sophisticated document management services. Reprographics
services typically encompass the digital management and
reproduction of construction documents or other graphics-related
material and the corresponding finishing and distribution
services. The business-to-business services we provide to our
customers include document management, document distribution and
logistics, and print-on-demand. We provide our core services
through our suite of reprographics technology products, a
network of 181 locally branded reprographics service centers,
and more than 2,000 facilities management programs at our
customers locations throughout the country. We also sell
reprographics equipment and supplies to complement our full
range of service offerings. In further support of our core
services, we license our suite of reprographics technology
products, including our flagship internet-based application,
PlanWell, to independent reprographers. We also operate PEiR
(Profit and Education in Reprographics) through which we charge
membership fees and provide purchasing, technology and
educational benefits to other reprographers, while promoting our
reprographics technology as the industry standard. Our services
are critical to our customers because they shorten their
document processing and distribution time, improve the quality
of their document information management, and provide a secure,
controlled document management environment.
We operate 181 reprographics service centers, including 176
service centers in 141 cities in 30 states throughout
the United States and the District of Columbia, four
reprographics service centers in the Toronto metropolitan area,
and one in Mexico City, Mexico. Our reprographics service
centers are located in close proximity to the majority of our
customers and offer pickup and delivery services within a 15 to
30 mile radius. These service centers are arranged in a hub
and satellite structure and are digitally connected as a
cohesive network, allowing us to provide our services both
locally and nationally. We service more than 65,000 active
customers and employ over 3,410 people, including a sales force
of approximately 270 employees.
In terms of revenue, number of service facilities and number of
customers, we believe we are the largest company in our
industry, operating in more than eight times as many cities and
with more than five times the number of service facilities as
our next largest competitor. We believe that our national
footprint, our suite of reprographics technology products, and
our value-added services, including logistics and facilities
management, provide us with a distinct competitive advantage.
While we began our operations in California and currently derive
approximately half of our net sales from our operations in the
state, we have continued to expand our geographic coverage and
market share by entering complementary markets through strategic
acquisitions of high quality companies with well recognized
local brand names and, in most cases, more than 25 years of
operating history. Since 1997, we have acquired
86 companies and have retained approximately 93% of the
management of the acquired companies. As part of our growth
strategy, we recently began opening and operating branch service
centers, which we view as a low cost, rapid form of market
expansion. Our branch openings require modest capital
expenditures and are expected to generate operating profit
within 12 months from opening. We have opened 30 new
branches in key markets since December 31, 2003 and expect
to open an additional 12 branches by the end of 2005.
Our main office is located at 700 North Central Avenue,
Suite 550, Glendale, California 91203 and our telephone
number is (818) 500-0225.
3
Available Information
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements
and other information with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the SEC). You may read and copy any
document we file with the SEC at the SECs public reference
room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. Please
call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public
reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains
annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information
statements and other information that issuers file
electronically with the SEC. The SECs internet site is
www.sec.gov.
Our internet address is www.e-arc.com. You can access our
Investor Relations webpage through our internet site,
www.e-arc.com, by clicking on the Investor
Relations link at the top of the page. We make available
free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage,
our proxy statements, annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and
any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act), as soon as reasonably practicable
after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished
to, the SEC. We also make available, through our Investor
Relations webpage, statements of beneficial ownership of our
equity securities filed by our directors, officers, 10% or
greater stockholders and others under Section 16 of the
Exchange Act. The reference to our Website address does not
constitute incorporation by reference of the information
contained in the Website and should not be considered part of
this document. You can request a copy of these documents,
excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations
at 925-945-5100 or 1981 N. Broadway, Suite 385,
Walnut Creek, California 94596. Attention: David Stickney,
Director of Corporate Communications.
A copy of our Code of Conduct, as defined under Item 406 of
Regulation S-K, including any amendments thereto or waivers
thereof, Corporate Governance Guidelines, and Board Committee
Charters can also be accessed on our Website www.e-arc.com, by
clicking on the Investor Relations link at the top
of the page and then selecting Corporate Governance
from the Investor Relations Webpage. Our Code of Conduct applies
to all directors, officers and employees, including our chief
executive officer, our chief financial officer and our
controller. We will post any amendments to the Code of Conduct,
and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules
of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
(NYSE), on our internet site. We will make a copy of
our Code of Conduct, Corporate Governance Guidelines and Board
Committee Charters available to any stockholder upon written
request to the Company at 700 North Central Avenue,
Suite 550, Glendale, California 91203, Attention: Mark W.
Legg, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary.
Corporate Background and Reorganization
Our predecessor, Ford Graphics, was founded in Los Angeles,
California in 1960. In 1967, this sole proprietorship was
dissolved and a new corporate structure was established under
the name Micro Device, Inc., which continued to provide
reprographics services under the name Ford Graphics. In 1989,
our current senior management team purchased Micro Device, Inc.,
and in November 1997 our company was recapitalized as a
California limited liability company, with management retaining
a 50% ownership position and the remainder owned by outside
investors. In February 2000, Code Hennessy & Simmons
LLC, or CHS, through its affiliates acquired a 50% stake in our
company from these outside investors in the 2000
recapitalization (referred to as the 2000
recapitalization).
Immediately prior to our initial public offering, we reorganized
from American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., a California
limited liability company or Holdings, to a Delaware
corporation, American Reprographics Company. In the
reorganization, the members of Holdings exchanged their common
units and options to purchase common units for shares of our
common stock and options to purchase shares of our common stock.
As part of our reorganization, all outstanding warrants to
purchase common units of Holdings were exchanged for shares of
our common stock. We conduct our operations through our
wholly-owned operating subsidiary, American Reprographics
Company, L.L.C., a California limited liability company, or
Opco, and its subsidiaries.
4
Recent Developments
On February 9, 2005, we closed an initial public offering
of our common stock consisting of 13,350,000 shares at
$13.00 per share. Of these shares, 7,666,667 shares
were newly issued shares sold by us and 5,683,333 shares
were outstanding shares sold by the selling stockholders. On
March 2, 2005, an additional 1,685,300 shares were
sold by certain selling stockholders pursuant to the exercise by
the underwriters of their over-allotment option. As required by
the operating agreement of Holdings, we repurchased all of the
preferred equity of Holdings upon the closing of our initial
public offering with $28.3 million of the net proceeds from
our initial public offering.
On February 9, 2005 we used a portion of the proceeds from
our initial public offering to repay $50.7 million of our
$225 million senior second priority secured term loan
facility and $9.0 million of our $100 million senior
first priority secured term loan facility. As a result of the
prepayments on our secured term loan credit facilities from our
initial public offering proceeds, we wrote-off approximately
$1.5 million of deferred financing costs in February 2005.
For further information concerning this debt repayment, see
Item 5 Use of Proceeds from Sales of
Registered Securities. On February 9, 2005, we also
made a cash distribution of $8.2 million to certain members
of Holdings in accordance with the operating agreement of
Holdings. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial
statements for further details concerning these distributions.
Subsequent to December 31, 2004, the Company completed the
acquisition of three reprographics companies in the United
States with combined annual sales of approximately
$5.3 million for a total purchase price of
$1.2 million.
Acquisitions
In addition to our primary focus on the growth of our business,
we have pursued tactical acquisitions to expand and complement
our existing service offerings and to expand our geographic
locations where we believe we could be a market leader. In 2000,
we acquired 14 reprographics companies for an aggregate
purchase price of $111.6 million, including our acquisition
of Ridgways, Inc., which enabled us to expand our geographic
reach and market penetration in 14 major metropolitan markets.
In 2001, we acquired 14 reprographics companies for an
aggregate purchase price of $32.6 million. In 2002, we
acquired eight reprographics companies for an aggregate purchase
price of $34.4 million, including certain assets of the
Consolidated Reprographics division of Lason Systems, Inc.,
which allowed us to increase our market penetration in Southern
California. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial
statements for further details concerning our acquisitions.
We intend to continue to pursue a disciplined course of growing
our business through complementary acquisitions. We regularly
evaluate potential acquisitions and may engage in acquisition
negotiations at any time and from time to time. Currently, we
are not party to any agreements or engaged in any negotiations
regarding a material acquisition.
Industry Overview
According to the International Reprographics Association, or
IRgA, and other industry sources, the reprographics industry in
the United States is estimated to be approximately
$5 billion in size. The IRgA indicates that the
reprographics industry is highly fragmented, consisting of
approximately 3,000 firms with average annual sales of
approximately $1.5 million and 20 to 25 employees. Since
construction documents are the primary medium of communication
for the AEC industry, demand for reprographics services in the
AEC market is closely tied to the level of activity in the
construction industry, which in turn is driven by macroeconomic
trends such as GDP growth, interest rates, job creation, office
vacancy rates, and tax revenues. According to FMI Corporation,
or FMI, a consulting firm to the construction industry,
construction industry spending in the United States for 2005 is
estimated at $1.0 trillion, with expenditures divided between
residential construction (55%) and commercial and public, or
non-residential, construction (45%). The $5 billion
reprographics industry is approximately 0.5% of the $1.0
trillion construction industry in the United States. Our AEC
revenues are most closely correlated to the non-residential
sectors of the construction
5
industry, which sectors are the largest users of the
reprographics services. According to FMI, the non-residential
sectors of the construction industry are projected to grow at an
average of 5.4% per year over the next three years.
Market opportunities for business-to-business document
management services such as ours are rapidly expanding into
non-AEC industries. For example, non-AEC customers are
increasingly using large and small format color imaging for
point-of-purchase displays, digital publishing, presentation
materials, educational materials and marketing materials as
these services have become more efficient and available on a
short-run, on-demand basis through digital technology. As a
result, we believe that our addressable market is substantially
larger than the core AEC reprographics market. We believe that
the growth of non-AEC industries is generally tied to growth in
the U.S. gross domestic product, or GDP, which is projected
to have grown 4.4% in 2004 and is projected to grow 3.7% in 2005
according to Wall Streets consensus estimates.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Leading Market Position in Fragmented Industry.
Our size and national footprint provide us with significant
purchasing power, economies of scale, the ability to invest in
industry-leading technologies, and the resources to service
large, national customers. |
|
|
|
Leader in Technology and Innovation. We believe
our PlanWell online planrooms are well positioned to become the
industry standard for managing and procuring reprographics
services within the AEC industry. In addition, we have developed
other proprietary software applications that complement PlanWell
and have enabled us to improve the efficiency of our services,
add complementary services and increase our revenue. |
|
|
|
Extensive National Footprint with Regional
Expertise. Our national network of service centers
maintains local customer relationships while benefiting from the
centralized corporate functions and national scale. Our service
facilities are organized as hub and satellite structures within
individual markets, allowing us to balance production capacity
and minimize capital expenditures through technology-sharing
among our service centers within each market. In addition, we
serve our national and regional customers under a single
contract through our Premier Accounts business unit, while
offering centralized access to project specific services,
billing, and tracking information. |
|
|
|
Flexible Operating Model. By promoting regional
decision making for marketing, pricing, and selling practices,
we remain responsive to our customers while benefiting from the
cost structure advantages of our centralized administrative
functions. Our flexible operating model also allows us to
capitalize on an improving business environment. |
|
|
|
Consistent, Strong Cash Flow. Through management
of our inventory and receivables and our low capital expenditure
requirements, we have consistently generated strong cash flow
from operations after capital expenditures regardless of
industry and economic conditions. |
|
|
|
Low Cost Operator. We believe we are one of the
lowest cost operators in the reprographics industry, which we
have accomplished by minimizing branch level expenses and
capitalizing on our significant scale for purchasing
efficiencies. |
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team and Highly Trained
Workforce. Our senior management team has an average of
over 20 years of industry experience. We have also
successfully retained approximately 93% of the managers of the
86 businesses we have acquired since 1997. |
Our Services
Reprographics services typically encompass the digital
management and reproduction of graphics-related material and
corresponding finishing and distribution services. We provide
these business-to-business services to our customers in three
major categories: document management, document distribution and
logistics, and print-on-demand.
6
Document Management. We store, organize, print and track
AEC and non-AEC project documents using a variety of digital
tools and industry expertise. The documents we manage are
typically larger than 11x17, requiring specialized production
equipment, and the documents are iterative in nature; frequently
10 or more versions of a single document must be tracked and
managed throughout the course of a project.
Document Distribution and Logistics. We provide
fully-integrated document distribution and logistics, which
consist of tracking document users, packaging prints, addressing
and coordinating services for shipment (either in hard copy or
electronic form), as well as local pick-up and delivery of
documents to multiple locations within tight time constraints.
Print-on-demand. We produce small and large-format
documents in black and white or color using digital scanning and
printing devices. We can reproduce documents when and where they
are needed by balancing production capacity between the
high-volume equipment in our network of reprographic service
centers, as well as equipment placed on site in our
customers facilities.
These broad categories of services are provided to our
architectural, engineering and construction industry, or AEC
industry, customers, as well as to our customers in non-AEC
industries that have similar document management and production
requirements. Our AEC customers work primarily with high volumes
of large format construction plans and small format
specification documents that are technical, complex, constantly
changing and frequently confidential. Our non-AEC customers
generally require services that apply to black and white and
color small format documents, promotional documents of all
sizes, and the digital distribution of document files to
multiple locations for a variety of print-on-demand needs
including short-run digital publishing.
These services include:
|
|
|
|
|
PlanWell, our proprietary, internet-based planroom launched in
June 2000, and our suite of other reprographics software
products that enable the online purchase and fulfillment of
reprographics services. While PlanWell typically facilitates the
management of large and small format documents for professionals
in the AEC industry, the application can be used to manage small
format document collections and color documents for non-AEC
users. PlanWell is provided in two primary configurations:
PlanWell Enterprise, a hosted, comprehensive documentation
system with a wide variety of administration and document
management features; and PlanWell PDS, a simple, stand alone
online planroom that acts as a document viewing and distribution
tool for a single set of plans. |
|
|
|
Production services, including print-on-demand, document
assembly, document finishing, mounting, laminating, binding, and
kitting. We utilize a broad range of digital output equipment
and finishing and assembly skills to produce print-on-demand
projects at each of our 181 service centers. These services
include the production of large format and small format
documents in both black and white and color. Documents can be
digitally transferred from one service facility to another to
balance production capacity or take advantage of a
distribute and print operating system. |
|
|
|
Document distribution and logistics, including the physical pick
up, delivery, and shipping of time-sensitive, critical
documents. These services are supported by a fleet of
approximately 680 vehicles and nearly 700 employees. Our service
facilities provide pedestrian, bicycle and car courier services
in most metropolitan markets, and we also offer third party
shipping services to all of our customers. Contracted courier
services allow our divisions to manage additional delivery
capacity through approximately 160 vehicles and drivers. |
|
|
|
Highly customized large and small format reprographics in color
and black and white. For our non-AEC customers this includes
digital reproduction of posters, tradeshow displays, plans,
banners, signage and maps. We offer large format color services
through a variety of processes, including inkjet, bubblejet,
large format electrostatic printing and photographic printing.
We also offer small format color reprographics services, which
typically use laser printing technology, for products such as
flyers, real estate deal books and financial presentations. |
7
|
|
|
|
|
Facilities management, including recurring on-site document
management services and staffing at our customers
locations. We currently have more than 2,000 facilities
management programs, which typically include the management and
procurement of related on-site equipment and supplies. Our
facilities management services generally eliminate reprographics
capital expenditures for our customers and keep equipment
current and in good condition. Our facilities management
services also help our customers track and capture reprographics
costs that are often reimbursable, and frequently transform a
customers cost center into profit center. |
|
|
|
Sales of reprographics equipment and supplies to other
reprographics companies and end-users in the AEC industry to
further complement our service and product offerings and
increase our purchasing power. In addition, a number of our
service centers are authorized dealers for reprographics
equipment manufactures such as Oce and Xerox. Sales of
reprographics equipment and supplies accounted for approximately
$38.2 million, or 8.6%, of our net sales in 2004. |
|
|
|
The design and development of other document management and
reprographics software, in addition to PlanWell, that supports
ordering, tracking, job costing, and other customer specific
accounting information for a variety of projects and services.
Many of these applications create greater value and offer a
wider range of services when used in conjunction with one
another, providing an incentive to our customers to use our
services beyond a single need. These proprietary applications
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Work Order (EWO), which offers our customers
access to the services of all of our service centers through the
internet. This application also offers the reprographer the
ability to create internet-based order forms that conform to
their available service offerings and pricing. Customers can use
a simple upload application to send files to the reprographer or
schedule a pickup for original documents. This application can
also be configured to interface with other third party
internet-based products, acting as the driving e-commerce engine
for a reprographics organization. |
|
|
|
Abacus Print Cost Recovery (PCR) System, which
provides a suite of software modules for reprographers and their
customers to track documents produced from equipment installed
as a part of a facilities management program. |
|
|
|
BidCaster Invitation-to-Bid
(ITB) System, a data management internet application
that issues customizable invitations to bid from a
customers desktop using email and a hosted fax server.
This application links potential bidders directly to a PlanWell
online planroom to evaluate and order plans used in the
submission of project bids, and tracks bid responses to provide
the customer a much faster, convenient and efficient way to
gather and complete project bids. |
|
|
|
MetaPrint Print Automation and Device Manager, a
universal print driver that facilitates the printing of
documents with output devices manufactured by multiple vendors,
and allows the reprographer to print multiple documents in
various formats as a single print submission. |
|
|
|
OneView Document Access and Customer Administration
System, an internet-based application that leverages the
security attributes of PlanWell to provide a single point of
access to all of a customers project documents, regardless
of which of our local production facilities stores the relevant
documents. This application also imports and consolidates
invoice data from each of our service centers in a variety of
formats and reports. |
To further support and promote our major categories of services,
we also:
|
|
|
|
|
License our suite of reprographics technology products,
including our flagship online planroom, PlanWell, to independent
reprographers. Our licensing efforts promote our technology as
the digital standard for the fulfillment of reprographics
services in the AEC industry. Through December 31, 2004, we
have licensed PlanWell and our other technology products to 82
reprographics companies operating 103 service facilities across
the United States. |
|
|
|
Operate PEiR (Profit and Education in Reprographics), a trade
organization wholly owned by us, through which we charge
membership fees and provide purchasing, technology and
educational benefits to other reprographers. PEiR members,
currently consisting of 57 independent reprographers, |
8
|
|
|
|
|
are required to license PlanWell and may purchase equipment and
supplies at a lower cost than they could obtain independently.
In turn, their purchasing volumes increase our buying power and
influence with our vendors. We also distribute our educational
programs to PEiR members to help establish and promote best
practices within the reprographics industry. |
Customers
Our business is not dependent on any single customer or few
customers, the loss of any one or more of whom would have a
material adverse effect on our business. Our customers are both
local and national companies, with no single customer accounting
for more than 2% of our net sales in 2004.
Operations
Geographic Presence. We operate 181 reprographics service
centers, including 176 service centers in 141 cities in
30 states throughout the United States and the District of
Columbia, four service centers in the Toronto metropolitan area,
and one in Mexico City, Mexico. Our reprographics service
centers are located in close proximity to the majority of our
customers and offer pickup and delivery services within a 15 to
30 mile radius.
Hub and Satellite Configuration. We are organized into 40
divisions that typically consist of a cluster configuration of
at least one large service facility, or hub facility, and
several smaller facilities, or satellite facilities, that are
digitally connected as a cohesive network, allowing us to
provide all of our services both locally and nationwide. Our hub
and satellite configuration enables us to shorten our
customers document processing and distribution time, as
well as achieve higher utilization of output devices by
coordinating the distribution of work orders digitally among our
service centers. In addition, this organizational structure
allows us to balance production capacity, improve equipment
utilization, and minimize capital expenditures through
technology sharing among our service centers within each market.
The hub and satellite model supports our ability to respond to
the demands of local markets by promoting regional decision
making for marketing, pricing, and selling practices while
benefiting from centralized administrative functions.
Central Hub Facilities. In each of our major
markets, we operate one or more large scale full service
facilities that have high production capacity and sophisticated
equipment. These larger facilities offer specialized services
such as laser digital imaging on photographic material, large
format color printing, and finishing services that may not be
economically viable for smaller facilities to provide. Each
central hub facility also maintains a library of design and
imaging software, including architectural software, to process
customer orders in digital format. In addition, digital
equipment at all of our service facilities is networked,
allowing a single order to be processed simultaneously on
multiple pieces of equipment. These facilities also offer
customers access to PlanWell, as well as document storage and
retrieval services. Our central hub facilities also coordinate
our facilities management programs.
Satellite Facilities. To supplement the
capabilities of our central hub facilities, we operate satellite
facilities that are typically located closer to our customers
than the central hubs. Our satellite facilities have quick
turnaround capabilities, responsive, localized service, and
handle the majority of digital processes.
Management Systems and Controls. We operate
our business under a dual operating structure of centralized
administrative functions and regional decision making. Acquired
companies typically retain their local business identities,
managers, sales force, and marketing efforts in order to
maintain strong local relationships. Our local management
maintains autonomy over the day-to-day operations of their
business units, including profitability, customer billing,
receivables collection, and service mix decisions.
Although we operate on a decentralized basis, our senior
management closely monitors and reviews each of our 40 divisions
through daily reports that contain operating and financial
information such as sales, inventory levels, purchasing
commitments, collections, and receivables. In addition, our
operating divisions submit monthly reports to senior management
that track each divisions financial and operating
performance in comparison to monthly budgets.
9
Suppliers and Vendors
We purchase raw materials, consisting primarily of paper, toner,
and other consumables, and purchase or lease reprographics
equipment. To minimize our materials cost, we maintain a paper
converting operation whereby we purchase rolls of paper directly
from paper mills that are cut to size and used in our
operations, as well as sold to our customers. Our reprographics
equipment, which includes imaging and printing equipment, is
typically leased for use in our service facilities and
facilities management sites. We use a two-tiered approach to
purchasing in order to maximize the economies associated with
our size, while maintaining the local efficiencies and time
sensitivity required to meet customer demands. We continually
monitor market conditions and product developments, as well as
regularly review the contractual terms of our national
purchasing agreements, to take advantage of our buying power and
to maximize the benefits associated with these agreements.
Our primary vendors of equipment, maintenance services and
reprographics supplies include Oce N.V., Xerox Corporation,
Canon Inc., and Xpedx, a division of International Paper
Company. We have long standing relationships with all of our
suppliers and we believe we receive favorable prices as compared
to our competition due to the large quantities we purchase and
strong relationships with our vendors. We have entered into
annual supply contracts with certain vendors to guarantee
prices. Significant market fluctuations in our raw material
costs have historically been limited to paper prices and we have
typically maintained strong gross margins as the result of our
ability to pass increased material costs through to our
customers.
Sales and Marketing
Divisional Sales Force. We market our products and
services throughout the United States through localized sales
forces and marketing efforts at the divisional level. We had
approximately 270 sales and customer service representatives as
of December 31, 2004. Each sales force generally consists
of a sales manager and a staff of between two to 12 sales and
customer service representatives that target various customer
segments. Depending on the size of the operating division, a
sales team may serve both the central hub service facility and
satellite facilities, or if market demographics require, operate
on behalf of a single service facility.
Premier Accounts. To further enhance our market
share and service portfolio on a national level, we operate a
Premier Accounts business unit. Designed to meet the
requirements of large regional and national businesses, we
established this operating division to take advantage of growing
globalization within the AEC market, and to establish ourselves
at the corporate level as the leading national reprographer with
extensive geographic and service capabilities. The Premier
Accounts sales initiative allows us to attract large AEC
and non-AEC companies with document management, distribution and
logistics, and print-on-demand needs that span wide geographical
or organizational boundaries. Since its launch in the middle of
2003, we have established eight national accounts through
Premier Accounts, including our recent exclusive contract with
one of the leading construction companies in the United States.
PEiR Group. We established the PEiR Group (Profit
and Education in Reprographics) in July 2003, a separate
operating division of our company that is a membership-based
organization for the reprographics industry. Comprised of
independent reprographers and reprographics vendors, its mission
is to create a large, unified group of successful
independent reprographers able to advance the industry by
improving the profitability, productivity and professionalism of
its members. PEiR members are required to license our
PlanWell online planroom application, facilitating the promotion
of our technology as the industry standard. We also provide
general purchasing discounts to PEiR members through our
preferred vendors. This provides other reprographics companies
the opportunity to purchase equipment and supplies at a lower
cost than they could obtain independently, while increasing our
influence and purchasing power with our vendors. Through PEiR,
we also present educational programs to members to establish and
promote best practices within the industry.
10
Competition
According to the IRgA, most firms in the U.S. reprographics
services industry are small, privately held entrepreneurial
businesses. The larger reprographers in the United States,
besides ourselves, include Service Point USA, a subsidiary of
Service Point Solutions, S.A., Thomas Reprographics, Inc., ABC
Imaging, LLC, and National Reprographics Inc. While we have no
nationwide competitors, we do compete at the local level with a
number of privately held reprographics companies, commercial
printers, digital imaging firms, and to a limited degree, retail
copy shops. Competition is primarily based on customer service,
technological leadership, product performance and price. See
Item 1 Risk Factors
Competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors
may hinder our ability to execute our business strategy and
maintain our profitability.
Research and Development
We believe that to compete effectively we must continue to
invest in research and development of our services. Our research
and development efforts are focused on improving and enhancing
PlanWell as well as developing new proprietary services. As of
December 31, 2004, we employed approximately 20 engineers
and technical specialists with expertise in software,
internet-based applications, database management, internet
security and quality assurance. Cash outlays for research and
development which include both capitalized and expensed items
amounted to $2.7 million in 2002, $2.8 million in
2003, and $2.5 million in 2004.
Proprietary Rights
Our success depends on our proprietary information and
technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and
trade secret laws, license agreements, nondisclosure and
noncompete agreements, reseller agreements, customer contracts,
and technical measures to establish and protect our rights in
our proprietary technology. Our PlanWell license agreements
grant our customers a nonexclusive, nontransferable, limited
license to use our products and receive our services and contain
terms and conditions prohibiting the unauthorized reproduction
or transfer of our services. We retain all title and rights of
ownership in our software products. In addition, we enter into
agreements with some of our employees, third-party consultants
and contractors that prohibit the disclosure or use of our
confidential information and require the assignment to us of any
new ideas, developments, discoveries or inventions related to
our business. We also require other third parties to enter into
nondisclosure agreements that limit use of, access to, and
distribution of our proprietary information. We also rely on a
variety of technologies that are licensed from third parties to
perform key functions.
We have registered PlanWell as a trademark with the
United States Patent and Trademark Office and have applied for
registration in Canada, Australia and the European Union.
Additionally, we have applied to register the trademark
PlanWell PDS with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office and in Canada, Australia and the European
Union. We do not have any other trademarks, service marks or
patents that are material to our business.
For a discussion of the risks associated with our proprietary
rights, see Item 1 Risk
Factors Our failure to adequately protect the
proprietary aspects of our technology, including PlanWell, may
cause us to lose market share.
Information Technology
We operate two technology centers in Silicon Valley to support
our reprographics services. Our second technology center was
recently opened to accommodate the continuing growth of our
digital operations, and to provide redundancy for our critical
equipment and communication infrastructure. Our technology
centers also serve as design and development facilities for our
software applications, and house our nationwide database
administration team and networking engineers.
From these technology centers, our technical staff is able to
remotely manage, control and troubleshoot the primary databases
and connectivity of each of our 40 operating divisions. This
allows us to avoid the costs
11
and expenses of employing costly database administrators and
network engineers in each of our service facilities.
All of our reprographics service centers are connected via a
high performance, dedicated wide area network (WAN), with
additional capacity and connectivity through a virtual private
network (VPN) to handle customer data transmissions and
e-commerce transactions. Our technology centers are standardized
on HP/ Compaq ProLiant Servers and Microsoft Window 2000
Enterprise Server software. Our technology centers use both
commonly available software and custom applications running in a
clustered computing environment and employ industry leading
technologies for redundancy, backup and security.
Employees
As of December 31, 2004, we had over 3,410 employees.
Approximately 20 of our employees are covered by two collective
agreements. The collective bargaining agreement with our
subsidiary, Ridgways Ltd., expires on November 30,
2007 and the agreement with our subsidiary, B.P. Independent
Reprographics, Inc., expires on December 4, 2006, but will
continue thereafter from year to year unless either party
terminates the agreement. We have not experienced a work
stoppage during the past five years and believe that our
relationships with our employees and collective bargaining units
are good.
Risk Factors
The following Risk Factors could adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition and/or the per share trading
price of our common stock. We may encounter risks in addition to
those described below. Additional risks and uncertainties not
currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may
also impair or adversely affect our results of operations and
financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Business
|
|
|
Future downturns in the architectural, engineering and
construction industry, or AEC industry, could diminish demand
for our products and services, which would impair our future
revenue and profitability. |
We believe that AEC markets accounted for approximately 80% of
our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2004. Our
historical operating results reflect the cyclical and variable
nature of the AEC industry. This industry historically
experiences alternating periods of inadequate supplies of
housing, commercial and industrial space coupled with low
vacancies, causing a surge in construction activity and
increased demand for reprographics services, followed by periods
of oversupply and high vacancies and declining demand for
reprographics services. In addition, existing and future
government policies and programs may greatly influence the level
of construction spending in the public sector, such as highways,
schools, hospitals, sewers, and heavy construction. Since we
derive a majority of our revenues from reprographics products
and services provided to the AEC industry, our operating results
are more sensitive to the nature of this industry than other
companies who serve more diversified markets. Our experience has
shown that the AEC industry generally experiences economic
downturns six months after a downturn in the general economy. We
expect that there may be a similar delay in the rebound of the
AEC industry following a rebound in the general economy. Future
economic and industry downturns may be characterized by
diminished demand for our products and services and, therefore,
any continued weakness in our customers markets and
overall global economic conditions could adversely affect our
future revenue and profitability.
In addition, because approximately 60% of our overall costs are
fixed, changes in economic activity, positive or negative,
affect our results of operations. As a result, our results of
operations are subject to volatility and could deteriorate
rapidly in an environment of declining revenues. Failure to
maintain adequate cash reserves and effectively manage our costs
could adversely affect our ability to offset our fixed costs and
may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and
financial condition.
12
|
|
|
Competition in our industry and innovation by our
competitors may hinder our ability to execute our business
strategy and maintain our profitability. |
The markets for our products and services are highly
competitive, with competition primarily at a local and regional
level. We compete primarily based on customer service,
technological leadership, product performance and price. Our
future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to
improve our service offerings, and develop and integrate
technological advances. If we are unable to integrate
technological advances into our service offerings to
successfully meet the evolving needs of our customers in a
timely manner, our operating results may be adversely affected.
Technological innovation by our existing or future competitors
could put us at a competitive disadvantage. In particular, our
business could be adversely affected if any of our competitors
develop or acquire superior technology that competes directly
with or offers greater functionality than our technology,
including PlanWell.
We also face the possibility that competition will continue to
increase, particularly if copy and printing or business services
companies choose to expand into the reprographics services
industry. Many of these companies are substantially larger and
have significantly greater financial resources than us, which
could place us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, we
could encounter competition in the future from large, well
capitalized companies such as equipment dealers, system
integrators, and other reprographics associations, that can
produce their own technology and leverage their existing
distribution channels. We could also encounter competition from
non-traditional reprographics service providers that offer
reprographics services as a component of the other services they
provide to the AEC industry, such as vendors to our industry
that provide services directly to our customers, bypassing
reprographers. Any such future competition could adversely
affect our business and impair our future revenue and
profitability.
|
|
|
The reprographics industry has undergone vast changes in
the last six years and will continue to evolve, and our failure
to anticipate and adapt to future changes in our industry could
harm our competitive position. |
In the past six years, the reprographics industry has undergone
vast changes. The industrys main production technology has
migrated from analog to digital. This has prompted a number of
trends in the reprographics industry, including a rapid shift
toward decentralized production and lower labor utilization. As
digital output devices become smaller, less expensive, easier to
use and interconnected, end users of construction drawings are
placing these devices within their offices and other locations.
On-site reprographics equipment allows a customer to print
documents and review hard copies without the delays or
interruptions associated with sending documents out for
duplication. Also, as a direct result of advancements in digital
technology, labor demands have decreased. Instead of producing
one print at a time, reprographers now have the capability to
produce multiple sets of documents with a single production
employee. By linking output devices through a single print
server, a production employee simply directs output to the
device that is best suited for the job. As a result of these
trends, reprographers have had to modify their operations to
decentralize printing and shift costs from labor to technology.
Looking forward, we expect the reprographics industry to
continue to evolve. Our industry will continue to embrace
digital technology, not only in terms of production services,
but also in terms of network technology, digital document
storage and management, and information distribution, all of
which will require investment in, and continued development of,
technological innovation. If we fail to keep pace with current
changes or fail to anticipate or adapt to future changes in our
industry, our competitive position could be harmed.
|
|
|
If we fail to continue to develop and introduce new
services successfully, our competitive positioning and our
ability to grow our business could be harmed. |
In order to remain competitive, we must continually invest in
new technologies that will enable us to meet the evolving
demands of our customers. We cannot assure you that we will be
successful in the introduction and marketing of any new
services, or that we will develop and introduce in a timely
manner innovative services that satisfy customer needs or
achieve market acceptance. Our failure to develop new services
and
13
introduce them successfully could harm our competitive position
and our ability to grow our business, and our revenues and
operating results could suffer.
In addition, as reprographics technologies continue to be
developed, one or more of our current service offerings may
become obsolete. In particular, digital technologies may
significantly reduce the need for high volume printing. Digital
technology may also make traditional reprographics equipment
smaller and cheaper, which may cause larger AEC customers to
discontinue outsourcing their reprographics needs. Any such
developments could adversely affect our business and impair
future revenue and profitability.
|
|
|
If we are unable to charge for our value-added services to
offset potential declines in print volumes, our long term
revenue could decline. |
Our customers value the ability to view and order prints via the
internet and print to output devices in their own offices and
other locations throughout the country. In 2004, our
reprographics services represented approximately 75.1% and our
facilities management services represented approximately 16.3%
of our total net sales, and both categories of revenue are
generally derived via a charge per square foot of printed
material. Future technological advances may further facilitate
and improve our customers ability to print in their own
offices or at a job site. As technology continues to improve,
this trend toward consuming information on an as
needed basis could result in decreasing printing volumes
and declining revenues in the longer term. Failure to offset
these potential declines in printing volumes by changing how we
charge for our services and developing additional revenue
sources could significantly affect our business and reduce our
long term revenue, resulting in an adverse effect on our results
of operations and financial condition.
|
|
|
We derive a significant percentage of net sales from
within the State of California and our business could be
disproportionately harmed by an economic downturn or natural
disaster affecting California. |
We derived approximately half of our net sales in 2004 from our
operations in California. As a result, we are dependent to a
large extent upon the AEC industry in California and,
accordingly, are sensitive to economic factors affecting
California, including general and local economic conditions,
macroeconomic trends, and natural disasters. Any adverse
developments affecting California could have a
disproportionately negative effect on our revenue, operating
results and cash flows.
|
|
|
Our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to
successfully identify and manage our acquisitions and branch
openings. Failure to do so could impede our future growth and
adversely affect our competitive position. |
As part of our growth strategy, we intend to prudently pursue
strategic acquisitions within the reprographics industry. Since
1997, we have acquired 86 businesses, most of which were long
established in the communities in which they conduct their
business. Our efforts to execute our acquisition strategy may be
affected by our ability to continue to identify, negotiate,
integrate, and close acquisitions. In addition, any governmental
review or investigation of our proposed acquisitions, such as by
the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, may impede, limit or
prevent us from proceeding with an acquisition. For example, our
acquisition of Consolidated Reprographics in 2001, was
investigated by the FTC. This investigation has since been
concluded without any action being taken against us. We
regularly evaluate potential acquisitions, although we currently
have no agreements or active negotiations with respect to any
material acquisitions.
Acquisitions involve a number of special risks. There may be
difficulties integrating acquired personnel and distinct
business cultures. Additional financing may be necessary and, if
available, could increase our leverage, dilute our equity, or
both. Acquisitions may divert managements time and our
resources from existing operations. It is possible that there
could be a negative effect on our financial statements from the
impairment related to goodwill and other intangibles. We may
experience the loss of key employees or customers of acquired
companies. In addition, risks may include high transaction costs
and expenses of integrating acquired companies, as well as
exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies and
failure of the acquired business to achieve expected results.
These risks could hinder our future growth and adversely affect
our competitive position and operating results.
14
In addition, we have recently begun to expand our geographic
coverage by opening additional satellite branches in regions
near our established operations to capture new customers and
greater market share. From December 31, 2003 to date, we
opened 30 new branches in areas that expand or further penetrate
our existing markets, and we expect to open an additional 12
branches by the end of 2005. Although the capital investment for
a new branch is modest, our growth strategy with respect to
branch openings is in the early stages of implementation and the
branches we open in the future may not ultimately produce
returns that justify our investment.
|
|
|
If we are unable to successfully monitor and manage the
business operations of our subsidiaries, our business and
profitability could suffer. |
We operate our company under a dual operating structure of
centralized administrative functions and regional decision
making on marketing, pricing, and selling practices. Since 1997,
we have acquired 86 businesses and, in most cases, have
delegated the responsibility for marketing, pricing, and selling
practices with the local and operational managers of these
businesses. If we do not successfully manage our subsidiaries
under this decentralized operating structure, we risk having
disparate results, lost market opportunities, lack of economic
synergies, and a loss of vision and planning, all of which could
harm our business and profitability.
|
|
|
We depend on certain key vendors for reprographics
equipment, maintenance services and supplies, making us
vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations. |
We purchase reprographics equipment and maintenance services, as
well as paper, toner and other supplies, from a limited number
of vendors. Our four largest vendors which supplied a
significant amount of our reprographics equipment, maintenance
services, and production supplies in 2004 are Oce N.V., Xerox
Corporation, Canon Inc., and Xpedx, a division of International
Paper Company. Adverse developments concerning key vendors or
our relationships with them could force us to seek alternate
sources for our reprographics equipment, maintenance services
and supplies or to purchase such items on unfavorable terms. An
alternative source of supply of reprographics equipment,
maintenance services and supplies may not be readily available.
A delay in procuring reprographics equipment, maintenance
services or supplies, or an increase in the cost to purchase
such reprographics equipment, maintenance services or supplies
could limit our ability to provide services to our customers on
a timely and cost-effective basis.
|
|
|
Our failure to adequately protect the proprietary aspects
of our technology, including PlanWell, may cause us to lose
market share. |
Our success depends on our ability to protect and preserve the
proprietary aspects of our technologies, including PlanWell. We
rely on a combination of copyright and trademark protection,
confidentiality agreements, non-compete agreements, reseller
agreements, customer contracts, and technical measures to
establish and protect our rights in our proprietary
technologies. Under our PlanWell license agreements, we grant
other reprographers a non-exclusive, non-transferable, limited
license to use our technology and receive our services. Our
license agreements contain terms and conditions prohibiting the
unauthorized reproduction or transfer of our products. These
protections, however, may not be adequate to remedy harm we
suffer due to misappropriation of our proprietary rights by
third parties. In addition, U.S. law provides only limited
protection of proprietary rights and the laws of some foreign
countries may offer less protection than the laws of the United
States. Unauthorized third parties may copy aspects of our
products, reverse engineer our products or otherwise obtain and
use information that we regard as proprietary. Others may
develop non-infringing technologies that are similar or superior
to ours. If competitors are able to develop such technology and
we cannot successfully enforce our rights against them, they may
be able to market and sell or license the marketing and sale of
products that compete with ours, and this competition could
adversely affect our results of operations and financial
condition. Furthermore, intellectual property litigation can be
expensive, a burden on managements time and our
companys resources, and its results can be uncertain.
15
|
|
|
Damage or disruption to our facilities, our technology
centers, our vendors or a majority of our customers could impair
our ability to effectively provide our services and may have a
significant impact on our revenues, expenses and financial
condition. |
We currently store most of our customer data at our two
technology centers located in Northern California near known
earthquake fault zones. Damage or destruction of one or both of
these technology centers or a disruption of our data storage
processes resulting from sustained process abnormalities, human
error, acts of terrorism, violence, war or a natural disaster,
such as fire, earthquake or flood, could have a material adverse
effect on the markets in which we operate, our business
operations, our expectations and other forward-looking
statements contained in this report. In addition, such damage or
destruction on a national scale resulting in a general economic
downturn could adversely affect our results of operations and
financial condition. We store and maintain critical customer
data on computer servers at our technology centers that our
customers access remotely through the internet and/or directly
through telecommunications lines. If our back-up power
generators fail during any power outage, if our
telecommunications lines are severed or those lines on the
internet are impaired for any reason, our remote access
customers would be unable to access their critical data, causing
an interruption in their operations. In such event, our remote
access customers and their customers could seek to hold us
responsible for any losses. We may also potentially lose these
customers and our reputation could be harmed. In addition, such
damage or destruction, particularly those that directly impact
our technology centers or our vendors or customers could have an
impact on our sales, supply chain, production capability, costs,
and our ability to provide services to our customers.
Although we currently maintain general property damage
insurance, we do not maintain insurance for loss from
earthquakes, acts of terrorism or war. If we incur losses from
uninsured events, we could incur significant expenses which
would adversely affect our results of operations and financial
condition.
|
|
|
If we lose key personnel or qualified technical staff, our
ability to manage the day-to-day aspects of our business will be
adversely affected. |
We believe that the attraction and retention of qualified
personnel is critical to our success. If we lose key personnel
or are unable to recruit qualified personnel, our ability to
manage the day-to-day aspects of our business will be adversely
affected. Our operations and prospects depend in large part on
the performance of our senior management team and the managers
of our principal operating divisions. The loss of the services
of one or more members of our senior management team, in
particular, Mr. Chandramohan, our Chief Executive Officer,
and Mr. Suriyakumar, our President and Chief Operating
Officer, could disrupt our business and impede our ability to
execute our business strategy. Because our executive and
divisional management team has on average more than
20 years of experience within the reprographics industry,
it would be difficult to replace them.
|
|
|
Being a public company increases our expenses and
administrative workload. |
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting
and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.
In addition, our administrative staff will be required to
perform additional tasks. For example, as a public company, we
will and have in some instances already created or revised the
roles and duties of our board committees, adopted additional
internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures,
retained a transfer agent and a financial printer, adopted an
insider trading policy and will have all of the internal and
external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public
reports in compliance with our obligations under the securities
laws. We also expect that being a public company and these new
rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to
obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be
required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially
higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make
it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members
of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit
committee, and qualified executive officers.
16
|
|
|
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal
controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial
results or prevent fraud. As a result, our business could be
harmed and current and potential stockholders could lose
confidence in our company, which could cause our stock price to
fall. |
Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate
governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 and related regulations implemented by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the New York
Stock Exchange, or NYSE, are creating uncertainty for public
companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and
making some activities more time consuming. We will be
evaluating our internal controls systems to allow management to
report on, and our independent auditors to attest to, our
internal controls. We will be performing the system and process
evaluation and testing (and any necessary remediation) required
to comply with the management certification and auditor
attestation requirements of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result, we expect to incur substantial
additional expenses and diversion of managements time.
While we anticipate being able to fully implement the
requirements relating to internal controls and all other aspects
of Section 404 by our December 31, 2006 deadline, we
cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our
evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the
same on our operations since there is presently no precedent
available by which to measure compliance adequacy. If we are not
able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a
timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may not be able to
accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud and
might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory
authorities, such as the SEC or the NYSE. Any such action could
harm our business or investors confidence in our company,
and could cause our stock price to fall.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
|
|
|
Our stock price may be volatile. |
Prior to our initial public offering, there was no public market
for shares of our common stock. An active public trading market
for our common stock may not be maintained. Factors such as
quarterly variations in our financial results, announcements by
us or others, developments affecting us, our customers and our
suppliers, acquisition of products or businesses by us or our
competitors, and general market volatility could cause the
market price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.
|
|
|
Because a limited number of stockholders control the
majority of the voting power of our common stock, investors will
not be able to determine the outcome of stockholder
votes. |
Our executive officers, directors, Code Hennessy &
Simmons IV LP, and their affiliated entities control 58.7%
of the voting power of our common stock. So long as these
stockholders continue to hold, directly or indirectly, shares of
common stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of
our common stock, they will be able to direct the election of
all of the members of our board of directors who will determine
our strategic plans and financing decisions and appoint senior
management. These stockholders will also be able to determine
the outcome of substantially all matters submitted to a vote of
our stockholders, including matters involving mergers,
acquisitions, and other transactions resulting in a change in
control of our company. These stockholders do not have any
obligation to us to either retain or dispose of our common
stock. They may seek to cause us to take courses of action that,
in their judgment, could enhance their investment in us, but
which might involve risks to other holders of our common stock
or adversely affect us or other investors.
We currently operate 191 facilities, including five production
support facilities, our two technology centers in Fremont,
California, totaling approximately 1,346,000 square feet,
as well as our three administrative facilities, totaling
approximately 16,600 square feet. Our executive offices are
located in Glendale, California.
17
The table below lists our facilities by region, type of
facility, number of facilities and approximate square footage as
of March 22, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
|
|
|
Administrative | |
|
Square | |
|
Production | |
|
Square | |
Region |
|
Facilities | |
|
Footage | |
|
Facilities(1) | |
|
Footage(1) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Southern California
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
7,000 |
|
|
|
37 |
(2) |
|
|
266,000 |
|
Northern California
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
268,000 |
|
Pacific Northwest
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
99,000 |
|
Northeast
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4,600 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
192,000 |
|
Southern
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
278,000 |
|
Midwest
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
30 |
(3) |
|
|
243,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
16,600 |
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
1,346,000 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes five production support facilities and our two
technology centers in Fremont, California. |
|
(2) |
Includes one service center in Mexico City, Mexico |
|
(3) |
Includes four service centers in the Toronto metropolitan area. |
We lease 184 of our production facilities, each of our
administrative facilities and both of our technology centers.
These leases generally expire between 2005 and 2010.
Substantially all of the leases contain renewal provisions and
provide for annual increases in rent based on the local Consumer
Price Index. The owned facilities are subject to major
encumbrances under our credit facilities. In addition to the
facilities that are owned, our fixed assets are comprised
primarily of machinery and equipment, trucks, and computer
equipment. We believe that our facilities are adequate and
appropriate for the purposes for which they are currently used
in our operations and are well maintained.
|
|
Item 3. |
Legal Proceedings |
We are a creditor and participant in the Chapter 7
Bankruptcy of Louis Frey Company, Inc., or LF Co., which is
pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District
of New York. We managed LF Co. under a contract from May through
September of 2003. LF Co. filed for Bankruptcy protection in
August 2003, and the proceeding was converted to a
Chapter 7 liquidation in October 2003. On or about
June 30, 2004, the Bankruptcy Estate Trustee filed a
complaint in the LF Co. Bankruptcy proceeding against us, which
was amended on or about July 19, 2004, alleging, among
other things, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duties,
conversion, unjust enrichment, tortious interference with
contract, unfair competition and false commercial promotion in
violation of The Lanham Act, misappropriation of trade secrets
and fraud regarding our handling of the assets of LF Co. The
Trustee claims damages of not less than $9.5 million, as
well as punitive damages and treble damages with respect to the
Lanham Act claims. Previously, on or about October 10,
2003, a secured creditor of LF Co., Merrill Lynch Business
Financial Services, Inc., or Merrill, had filed a complaint in
the LF Co. Bankruptcy proceeding against us, which was most
recently amended on or about July 6, 2004. Merrills
claims are duplicated in the Trustees suit. We, in turn,
have filed answers and counterclaims denying liability to the
Trustee and seeking reimbursement of all costs and damages
sustained as a result of the Trustees actions and in our
efforts to assist LF Co. Discovery has commenced and is ongoing
in each of these cases. We believe that we have meritorious
defenses as well as substantial counterclaims against Merrill
Lynch and the Trustee. We intend to vigorously contest the above
matters. Based on the discovery and depositions to date, we do
not believe that the outcome of the above matters will have a
material adverse impact on our results of operations or
financial condition.
We are involved in various legal proceedings and other legal
matters from time to time in the normal course of business. We
do not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will
have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
18
Environmental and Regulatory Considerations
Our property consists principally of reprographics and related
production equipment and we lease substantially all of our
production and administrative facilities. We are not aware of
any environmental liabilities which would have a material impact
on our operations and financial condition.
|
|
Item 4. |
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders |
No matter was submitted to a vote of our stockholders, through
solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the fourth quarter
of the year ended December 31, 2004.
PART II
|
|
Item 5. |
Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related
Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities |
Market Information
Our common stock, par value $0.001, is listed on the NYSE under
the stock symbol ARP and has been so listed since
February 4, 2005, when it was first listed in connection
with our initial public offering. We have no public history
prior to February 4, 2005. The initial public offering
price of our common stock on February 4, 2005 was
$13.00 per share. No sales of our common stock took place
prior to February 4, 2005. Between February 4, 2005
and March 24, 2005, inclusive, the highest sales price of
our common stock was $15.64 per share, and the lowest sales
price of our common stock was $13.00 per share. The closing
price for our common stock on March 24, 2005 was
$15.23 per share.
Holders
The approximate number of stockholders of record of our common
stock was 44 as of March 2, 2005. Because many of the
shares of our common stock are held by brokers and other
institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to
estimate the total number of beneficial owners represented by
these shareholders of record.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common
equity. We currently intend to retain all available funds and
any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and
do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will
be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to
compliance with certain covenants under our credit facilities,
which restrict or limit our ability to declare or pay dividends,
and will depend on our financial condition, results of
operations, capital requirements, general business conditions,
and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Sales of Unregistered Securities
Since January 1, 2004, our predecessor, American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. (Holdings), has sold
and issued the following unregistered securities:
|
|
|
|
|
Holdings has issued options to certain employees to purchase an
aggregate of 307,915 common units under Holdings unit
option plan. During 2004, 22,500 options issued during prior
years were exercised at a purchase price of $5.25 per unit. |
The issuances of the above securities were deemed to be exempt
from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on:
|
|
|
|
|
Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act; or |
|
|
|
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an
issuer not involving any public offering. |
19
The recipients of securities in each such transaction
represented their intentions to acquire the securities for
investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection
with any distribution thereof. All recipients had adequate
access, through their relationships with us to information about
us.
Use of Proceeds from Sales of Registered Securities
On February 9, 2005, we closed an initial public offering
of our common stock consisting of 13,350,000 shares of
common stock. Of these shares, 7,666,667 were newly issued
shares sold by us and 5,683,333 were existing shares sold by the
selling stockholders. On March 2, 2005, an additional
1,685,300 shares of existing common stock were sold by
certain selling stockholders pursuant to an exercise by the
underwriters of their over-allotment option. The offering was
effected pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1
(File No. 333-119788), which the SEC declared effective on
February 3, 2005. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. acted as managing underwriters.
The public offering price was $13.00 per share and
$195.5 million in the aggregate. Underwriting discounts and
commissions were $0.91 per share and $13.7 million in
the aggregate. Proceeds before expenses to us were
$12.09 per share and $92.7 million in the aggregate.
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders were
$12.09 per share and $89.1 million in the aggregate.
We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares
by selling stockholders or upon any exercise of the
underwriters over-allotment option. The net proceeds
received by us in the offering were $89.3 million as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate offering proceeds to the Company
|
|
$ |
99.7 million |
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions
|
|
|
7.0 million |
|
Finders fees
|
|
|
-0- |
|
Underwriters fees
|
|
|
-0- |
|
Other fees and expenses (estimated)
|
|
|
3.4 million |
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses (estimated)
|
|
|
10.4 million |
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds to the Company
|
|
$ |
89.3 million |
|
|
|
|
|
We have used the net proceeds to us from our initial public
offering as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $28.3 million to repurchase our preferred
equity, including accrued interest, which became payable upon
our initial public offering; |
|
|
|
approximately $50.7 million to repay a portion of our
$225 million senior second priority secured term loan
facility, which has a maturity date of December 2009 and bears
interest at a floating rate which was 8.9% as of
December 31, 2004; and |
|
|
|
approximately $9.0 million to repay a portion of our
$100 million senior first priority secured term loan
facility, which has a maturity date of June 2009 and bears
interest at a floating rate which was 5.3% as of
December 31, 2004. |
Pending application of the balance of the net proceeds described
above, we plan to invest such balance in short and medium-term,
interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments,
certificates of deposits or direct or guaranteed obligations of
the U.S. government.
As a result of the prepayments on our secured term loan credit
facilities from our initial public offering proceeds, we
wrote-off approximately $1.5 million of deferred financing
costs in February 2005.
20
|
|
Item 6. |
Selected Consolidated Financial Data |
The selected historical financial data presented below is
derived from the audited financial statements of Holdings for
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
and 2004. The selected historical financial data does not
purport to represent what our financial position or results of
operations might be for any future period or date. The financial
data set forth below should be read in conjunction with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our audited
financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
287,995 |
|
|
$ |
338,124 |
|
|
$ |
324,402 |
|
|
$ |
315,995 |
|
|
$ |
333,305 |
|
Facilities management
|
|
|
24,624 |
|
|
|
39,875 |
|
|
|
52,290 |
|
|
|
59,311 |
|
|
|
72,360 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
38,480 |
|
|
|
42,702 |
|
|
|
42,232 |
|
|
|
40,654 |
|
|
|
38,199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
|
351,099 |
|
|
|
420,701 |
|
|
|
418,924 |
|
|
|
415,960 |
|
|
|
443,864 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
201,390 |
|
|
|
243,710 |
|
|
|
247,778 |
|
|
|
252,028 |
|
|
|
263,787 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
149,709 |
|
|
|
176,991 |
|
|
|
171,146 |
|
|
|
163,932 |
|
|
|
180,077 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
89,371 |
|
|
|
104,004 |
|
|
|
103,305 |
|
|
|
101,252 |
|
|
|
105,780 |
|
Provision for sales tax dispute settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,389 |
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
3,966 |
|
|
|
5,801 |
|
|
|
1,498 |
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
1,695 |
|
Costs incurred in connection with the 2000 recapitalization
|
|
|
20,544 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-off of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,438 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
35,828 |
|
|
|
63,748 |
|
|
|
66,343 |
|
|
|
60,971 |
|
|
|
71,213 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
304 |
|
|
|
541 |
|
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
|
420 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(29,238 |
) |
|
|
(47,530 |
) |
|
|
(39,917 |
) |
|
|
(39,390 |
) |
|
|
(33,565 |
) |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(1,195 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,921 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
6,108 |
|
|
|
16,522 |
|
|
|
26,967 |
|
|
|
7,684 |
|
|
|
38,068 |
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
4,784 |
|
|
|
5,787 |
|
|
|
6,267 |
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
|
8,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,324 |
|
|
|
10,735 |
|
|
|
20,700 |
|
|
|
3,553 |
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
Dividends and amortization of discount on preferred
members equity
|
|
|
(2,158 |
) |
|
|
(3,107 |
) |
|
|
(3,291 |
) |
|
|
(1,730 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to common members
|
|
$ |
(834 |
) |
|
$ |
7,628 |
|
|
$ |
17,409 |
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per unit amounts) | |
Net income (loss) attributable to common members per common unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
(0.02 |
) |
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
(0.02 |
) |
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
Weighted average units:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
35,308 |
|
|
|
36,629 |
|
|
|
36,406 |
|
|
|
35,480 |
|
|
|
35,493 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
35,371 |
|
|
|
36,758 |
|
|
|
36,723 |
|
|
|
37,298 |
|
|
|
37,464 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization(1)
|
|
$ |
14,942 |
|
|
$ |
25,442 |
|
|
$ |
19,178 |
|
|
$ |
19,937 |
|
|
$ |
18,730 |
|
Capital expenditures, net
|
|
$ |
5,228 |
|
|
$ |
8,659 |
|
|
$ |
5,209 |
|
|
$ |
4,992 |
|
|
$ |
5,898 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
$ |
29,238 |
|
|
$ |
47,530 |
|
|
$ |
39,917 |
|
|
$ |
39,390 |
|
|
$ |
33,565 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
31,565 |
|
|
$ |
29,110 |
|
|
$ |
24,995 |
|
|
$ |
17,315 |
|
|
$ |
13,826 |
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
358,026 |
|
|
$ |
372,583 |
|
|
$ |
395,128 |
|
|
$ |
374,716 |
|
|
$ |
377,334 |
|
Long term obligations and mandatorily redeemable preferred and
common membership units(2)(3)
|
|
$ |
359,746 |
|
|
$ |
371,515 |
|
|
$ |
378,102 |
|
|
$ |
360,008 |
|
|
$ |
338,371 |
|
Total members equity (deficit)
|
|
$ |
(80,479 |
) |
|
$ |
(78,955 |
) |
|
$ |
(61,082 |
) |
|
$ |
(60,015 |
) |
|
$ |
(35,009 |
) |
Working capital
|
|
$ |
34,742 |
|
|
$ |
24,338 |
|
|
$ |
24,371 |
|
|
$ |
16,809 |
|
|
$ |
22,387 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Depreciation and amortization includes a write-off of intangible
assets of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2001. |
|
(2) |
In July 2003, we adopted SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. In
accordance with SFAS No. 150, the redeemable preferred
equity of Holdings has been reclassified in our financial
statements as a component of our total debt upon our adoption of
this new standard. The redeemable preferred equity amounted to
$25.8 million as of December 31, 2003 and
$27.8 million as of December 31, 2004.
SFAS No. 150 does not permit the restatement of
financial statements for periods prior to the adoption of this
standard. |
|
(3) |
Redeemable common membership units amounted to $6.0 million
and $8.1 million at December 31, 2000 and 2001,
respectively. |
|
|
Item 7. |
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operation |
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our
consolidated financial statements and the related notes and
other financial information appearing elsewhere in this report.
This report contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ
materially from those indicated in forward-looking statements.
See Forward-Looking Statements and
Item 1 Risk Factors.
22
Overview
We are the leading reprographics company in the United States
providing business-to-business document management services to
the architectural, engineering and construction industry, or AEC
industry. We also provide these services to companies in non-AEC
industries, such as the technology, financial services, retail,
entertainment, and food and hospitality industries, that also
require sophisticated document management services.
From late 2001 through late 2003, we experienced a decline in
net sales due to the overall softness in the U.S. economy,
coupled with declining non-residential construction spending.
Since approximately half of our net sales are derived from our
operations in California, the significant downturn in the
technology sector in this area further contributed to the
decline of our net sales. Despite acquisition activity, our net
sales declined from $418.9 million in 2002 to
$416.0 million in 2003. During 2004, we have seen an
improvement in sales due to the improvement of the overall
U.S. economy and increased spending in the non-residential
construction sector. Net sales increased to $443.9 million
in 2004, 6.7% higher compared to 2003.
A significant component of our growth has been related to
acquisitions. In 2002, we acquired eight reprographics companies
for a total cost of $34.4 million, and in 2003, we acquired
four companies for a total cost of $870,000. In 2004, we
acquired six companies for a total cost of $3.7 million. As
part of our growth strategy, we also have recently begun opening
and operating branch service centers, which we view as a
relatively low cost, rapid form of market expansion. Our branch
openings require modest capital expenditures and are expected to
generate operating profit within 12 months from opening. We
have opened 30 new branches in key markets since
December 31, 2003 and expect to open an additional 12
branches by the end of 2005. To date, each branch that has been
open at least 12 months has generated operating profit.
During 2003, we began our strategy of licensing our PlanWell
technology to other independent reprographers. This strategy is
designed to increase the market penetration of our PlanWell
technology, while offsetting a portion of its development costs
through the generation of licensing revenues. In 2003, we also
started PEiR (Profit and Education in Reprographics), a
privately held trade organization through which we charge
membership fees and provide purchasing, technology and
educational benefits to other reprographers, while promoting our
reprographics technology as the industry standard. PEiR
currently consists of 60 independent reprographics
companies.
In December 2003, we refinanced our debt structure with the
issuance of $225 million of second lien financing combined
with a $130 million first lien debt package. This
refinancing resulted in interest savings to the company for the
year ended December 31, 2004 of approximately
$8.3 million compared to 2003. These savings were partially
offset by rising interest rates.
We continue to focus on our key opportunities, which include:
the expansion of our market share, our national footprint of
reprographics centers and our facilities management programs;
the establishment of PlanWell as the industry standard for
procuring digital reprographics online; and the expansion of our
service offerings to non-AEC related industries.
Recent Developments
On February 9, 2005, we closed an initial public offering
of our common stock consisting of 13,350,000 shares at
$13.00 per share. Of these shares, 7,666,667 shares
were newly issued shares sold by us and 5,683,333 shares
were outstanding shares sold by the selling stockholders. On
March 2, 2005, an additional 1,685,300 shares were
sold by certain selling stockholders pursuant to the exercise by
the underwriters of their over-allotment option. As required by
the operating agreement of Holdings, we repurchased all of the
preferred equity of Holdings upon the closing of our initial
public offering with $28.3 million of the net proceeds from
our initial public offering.
On February 9, 2005 we used a portion of the proceeds from
our initial public offering to repay $50.7 million of our
$225 million senior second priority secured term loan
facility and $9.0 million of our $100 million senior
first priority secured term loan facility. As a result of the
prepayments on our secured term loan credit facilities from our
initial public offering proceeds, we wrote-off approximately
$1.5 million of
23
deferred financing costs in February 2005. For further
information concerning this debt repayment, see
Item 5 Use of Proceeds from Sales of
Registered Securities. On February 9, 2005, we also
made a cash distribution of $8.2 million to certain members
of Holdings in accordance with the operating agreement of
Holdings. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial
statements for further details concerning these distributions.
Factors Affecting Financial Performance
Based on a review of the top 30% of our customers, representing
approximately 90% of our net sales, and designating our
customers as either AEC or non-AEC based on their primary use of
our services, we believe that sales to the AEC market accounted
for approximately 80% of our net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2004, with the remaining 20% consisting of
sales to non-AEC markets. As a result, our operating results and
financial condition are significantly impacted by various
economic factors affecting the AEC industry, such as
non-residential construction spending, GDP growth, interest
rates, employment rates, office vacancy rates, and government
expenditures. Similar to the AEC industry, we believe that the
reprographics industry typically lags the recovery in the
broader economy by approximately six months.
During the period from 2002 to 2003, non-residential
construction activity in the United States declined as the
overall economy softened and commercial vacancy rates increased.
The consequent downturn in the AEC industry was the primary
reason for the decline in our net sales during this period.
Through cost cutting and aggressive sales and marketing, we were
able to hold our operating margins fairly steady. Operating
margins were 15.8% in 2002 and 14.7% in 2003. During 2004, our
operating margin increased to 16.0% primarily as a result of our
sales growth driven by the improvement in the overall economy.
Key Financial Measures
The following key financial measures are used by our management
to operate and assess the performance of our business: net sales
and costs and expenses.
Net sales represent total sales less returns, discounts and
allowances. These sales consist of document management services,
document distribution and logistics services, print-on-demand
services, reprographics equipment and supplies sales, software
licenses and PEiR memberships. We generate sales by individual
orders through commissioned sales personnel and, in some cases,
pursuant to national contracts. Our document management,
document distribution and logistics, and print-on-demand
services, including the use of PlanWell by our customers, are
typically invoiced to a customer as part of a combined per
square foot printing cost and, as such, it is impractical to
allocate revenue levels for each item separately. Revenues for
these services are included under the caption
Reprographics services.
Facilities management revenues are generated from printing
produced in our customers locations on machines that we
own or lease. Generally, this revenue is derived via a single
cost per square foot of printed material, similar to our
Reprographics services revenue.
In 2004, our reprographics services represented approximately
75% of our net sales, facilities management revenues represented
approximately 16%, and sales of reprographics equipment and
supplies sales represented approximately 9%. Although our
PlanWell and other software licenses and our PEiR memberships
are strategic to providing our other services, to date these
services have not been significant revenue contributors.
We identify reportable segments based on how management
internally evaluates financial information, business activities
and management responsibility. On that basis, we operate in a
single reportable business segment.
To a large extent, our continued engagement by our customers for
successive jobs depends upon the customers satisfaction
with the quality of services that we provide. Our customer
orders tend to be of a short-
24
run, but recurring, nature. Since we do not operate with a
backlog, it is difficult for us to predict the number, size and
profitability of reprographics work that we expect to undertake
more than a few weeks in advance.
Our cost of sales consists primarily of paper, toner and other
consumables, labor, and maintenance, repair, rental and
insurance costs associated with operating our facilities and
equipment, along with depreciation charges. Paper cost is the
most significant component of our material cost; however, paper
pricing typically does not impact our operating margins because
changes in paper pricing are generally passed on to our
customers. We closely monitor material cost as a percentage of
net sales to measure volume and waste. We also track labor
utilization, or net sales per employee, to measure productivity
and determine staffing levels.
We maintain low inventory balances as well as low levels of
other working capital requirements. In addition, capital
expenditure requirements are low as most facilities and
equipment are leased, with overall capital spending averaging
approximately 1.5% of annual net sales over the last three
years. Since we typically lease our reprographics equipment for
periods averaging between three and five years, we are able to
upgrade our equipment in response to rapid changes in technology.
Our selling expenses generally include the salaries and
commissions paid to our sales professionals, along with
promotional, travel and entertainment costs. Our general and
administrative expenses generally include the salaries and
benefits paid to support personnel at our reprographics
businesses and our corporate staff, as well as office rent,
utilities, insurance and communications expenses, and various
professional services.
Our general and administrative expenses also include management
fees paid to CHS Management IV LP in accordance with a
management agreement entered into in connection with our
recapitalization in 2000. These management fees, which may not
exceed $1 million in any year, amounted to $889,000 during
2002, $858,000 during 2003 and $835,000 during 2004. The
management agreement was terminated upon the completion of our
initial public offering.
Impact of Conversion from an LLC to a Corporation
Immediately prior to our initial public offering, we reorganized
from a California limited liability company to a Delaware
corporation, American Reprographics Company. In the
reorganization, the members of Holdings exchanged their common
units and options to purchase common units for shares of our
common stock and options to purchase shares of our common stock.
As required by the operating agreement of Holdings, we
repurchased all of the preferred equity of Holdings upon the
closing of our initial public offering with a portion of the net
proceeds from our initial public offering. As part of the
reorganization, all outstanding warrants to purchase common
units were exchanged for shares of our common stock. We do not
expect any significant impact on our operations as a result of
the reorganization apart from an increase in our effective tax
rate due to corporate level taxes, which will be offset by the
elimination of tax distributions to our members and the
recognition of deferred income taxes upon our conversion from a
California limited liability company to a Delaware corporation.
Income Taxes
Holdings and Opco, through which a substantial portion of our
business was operated prior to our reorganization, are limited
liability companies which are taxed as partnerships. As a
result, the members of Holdings pay income taxes on the earnings
of Opco, which are passed through to Holdings. Certain divisions
are consolidated in Holdings and are treated as separate
corporate entities for income tax purposes (the consolidated
corporations). These consolidated corporations pay income tax
and record provisions for income taxes in their financial
statements.
25
As a result of the reorganization of our company to a Delaware
corporation, our earnings will be subject to federal, state and
local taxes at a combined statutory rate of approximately 43%,
which is lower than our pro forma effective income tax rate of
46.5% for 2004 due to the redemption of our preferred equity and
the related nondeductible interest expense. The unaudited pro
forma incremental income tax provision and unaudited proforma
earnings per common member unit amounts reflected in the
following table were calculated as if our reorganization became
effective on January 1, 2000.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per unit amounts) | |
Net income (loss) attributable to common members
|
|
$ |
(834 |
) |
|
$ |
7,628 |
|
|
$ |
17,409 |
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
Unaudited pro forma incremental income tax provision
|
|
|
2,618 |
|
|
|
2,574 |
|
|
|
6,211 |
|
|
|
673 |
|
|
|
9,196 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common
members
|
|
$ |
(3,452 |
) |
|
$ |
5,054 |
|
|
$ |
11,198 |
|
|
$ |
1,150 |
|
|
$ |
20,352 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common
members per common unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
(0.10 |
) |
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.31 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.57 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
(0.10 |
) |
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
Members Deficit and Capital Accounts
Our members deficit of $35.0 million as of
December 31, 2004 includes $88.8 million in cash
distributions to our common unit holders made in connection with
our recapitalization in 2000 and previous cash distributions
made to the members of Holdings to provide them with funds to
pay taxes owed for their share of our profits as a limited
liability company.
Due to their tax attributes, certain members of Holdings have in
the past elected to receive less than their proportionate share
of distributions for such taxes as a result of a difference in
the tax basis of their equity interest in Holdings. In
accordance with the terms of the operating agreement of
Holdings, we made a cash distribution of approximately
$8.2 million to such members on February 9, 2005 in
connection with the consummation of our initial public offering
to bring their proportionate share of tax distributions equal to
the rest of our members. These distributions were not accrued at
December 31, 2004, but became payable and were recorded
immediately prior to our reorganization and the consummation of
our initial public offering on February 9, 2005. See
Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for
further details concerning these distributions.
Acquisitions
Our financial results during the periods discussed below were
impacted by the acquisition of eight acquisitions in 2002 for a
total purchase price of $34.4 million, four acquisitions in
2003 for a total purchase price of $870,000 and six acquisitions
in 2004 for a total purchase price of $3.7 million. Because
each acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting, our consolidated income statements reflect sales and
expenses of acquired businesses only for post-acquisition
periods. For more details regarding these acquisitions, see
Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.
In connection with certain large acquisitions, we have made
certain payments to employees of the acquired companies that
could not be capitalized and included in goodwill because such
payments represented compensation expense. These expenses are
included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our
consolidated financial statements and amounted to
$1.5 million in 2002. There were no such expenses incurred
during 2003 and 2004.
26
Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes. We evaluate our estimates and
assumptions on an ongoing basis and rely on historical
experience and various other factors that we believe to be
reasonable under the circumstances to determine such estimates.
Actual results could differ from those estimates and such
differences may be material to the consolidated financial
statements. We believe the critical accounting policies and
areas that require more significant judgments and estimates used
in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements to
be: goodwill and other intangible assets; allowance for doubtful
accounts; and commitments and contingencies.
|
|
|
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets |
Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which
requires, among other things, the use of a nonamortization
approach for purchased goodwill and certain intangibles. Under a
nonamortization approach, goodwill and intangibles having an
indefinite life are not amortized, but instead will be reviewed
for impairment at least annually or if an event occurs or
circumstances indicate the carrying amount may be impaired.
Events or circumstances which could indicate an impairment
include a significant change in the business climate, economic
and industry trends, legal factors, negative operating
performance indicators, significant competition, changes in our
strategy or disposition of a reporting unit or a portion
thereof. Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the
reporting unit level.
SFAS 142 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment
using a two-step process. The first step of the goodwill
impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares
the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount,
including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit
exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is
not considered to be impaired and the second step of the
impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a
reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the
goodwill impairment test must be performed to measure the amount
of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill
impairment test compares the implied fair value of reporting
unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The
implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner
as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination.
If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds
the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is
recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment,
including the identification of reporting units, assignment of
assets and liabilities to such reporting units, assignment of
goodwill to such reporting units, and determination of the fair
value of each reporting unit. The fair value of each reporting
unit is estimated using a discounted cash flow methodology. This
requires significant judgments including estimation of future
cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation
of the long-term rate of growth for our business, the useful
life over which cash flows will occur, and determination of our
weighted average cost of capital. Changes in these estimates and
assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair
value and/or goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.
We have selected September 30 as the date on which we will
perform our annual goodwill impairment test. Based on our
valuation of goodwill, no impairment charges related to the
write-down of goodwill were recognized for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.
Other intangible assets that have finite useful lives are
amortized over their useful lives. An impaired asset is written
down to fair value. Intangible assets with finite useful lives
consist primarily of not-to-compete covenants, trade names, and
customer relationships and are amortized over the expected
period of benefit which ranges from two to twenty years using
the straight-line and accelerated methods. Customer
relationships are amortized under an accelerated method which
reflects the related customer attrition rates and trade names
are amortized using the straight-line method.
27
|
|
|
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts |
We perform periodic credit evaluations of the financial
condition of our customers, monitor collections and payments
from customers, and generally do not require collateral.
Receivables are generally due within 30 days. We provide
for the possible inability to collect accounts receivable by
recording an allowance for doubtful accounts. We write-off an
account when it is considered to be uncollectible. We estimate
our allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical
experience, aging of accounts receivable, and information
regarding the creditworthiness of our customers. To date,
uncollectible amounts have been within the range of
managements expectations.
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies |
In the normal course of business, we estimate potential future
loss accruals related to legal, tax and other contingencies.
These accruals require managements judgment on the outcome
of various events based on the best available information.
However, due to changes in facts and circumstances, the ultimate
outcomes could be different than managements estimates.
Non-GAAP Measures
EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (and related ratios presented
in this report) are supplemental measures of our performance
that are not required by, or presented in accordance with GAAP.
These measures are not measurements of our financial performance
under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net
income, income from operations, or any other performance
measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to
cash flow from operating, investing or financing activities as a
measure of our liquidity.
EBIT represents net income before interest and taxes. EBITDA
represents net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA adjusted to
exclude the impact of costs incurred in connection with our
recapitalization in 2000 and loss on early extinguishment of
debt. Adjusted EBIT margin is a non-GAAP measure that is
calculated by subtracting depreciation and amortization from
adjusted EBITDA and dividing the result by net sales. Adjusted
EBITDA margin is a non-GAAP measure that is calculated by
dividing adjusted EBITDA by net sales.
We calculate Adjusted EBITDA by adjusting EBITDA to eliminate
the impact of a number of items we do not consider indicative of
our ongoing operations and for the other reasons noted below.
You are encouraged to evaluate each adjustment and whether you
consider it appropriate. In addition, in evaluating Adjusted
EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur
expenses similar to the adjustments in the presentation of
Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not
be construed as an inference that our future results will be
unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.
We present EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (and related ratios
presented in this report) because we consider them important
supplemental measures of our performance and liquidity and
believe that such measures are meaningful to investors because
they are used by management for the reasons discussed below.
We use EBIT as a metric to measure and compare the performance
of our divisions. We operate our 40 divisions as separate
business units, but manage debt and taxation at the corporate
level. As a result, EBIT is the best measure of divisional
profitability and the most useful metric by which to measure and
compare the performance of our divisions. We also use EBIT as a
metric to measure performance for the purpose of determining
compensation at the division level and use EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA to measure performance and determine compensation at the
consolidated level. We also use EBITDA as a metric to manage
cash flow from our divisions to the corporate level and to
determine the financial health of each division. As noted above,
because our divisions do not incur interest or income tax
expense, the cash flow from each division should be equal to the
corresponding EBITDA of each division, assuming no other changes
to a divisions balance sheet. As a result, we reconcile
EBITDA to cash flow on a monthly basis as one of our key
internal controls. We also use EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
to evaluate potential acquisitions and
28
to evaluate whether to incur capital expenditures. In addition,
certain covenants in our credit agreements require compliance
with financial ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in
our credit agreements).
EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (and related ratios presented
in this report) have limitations as analytical tools, and you
should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for
analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these
limitations are:
|
|
|
|
|
they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future
requirements for capital expenditures and contractual
commitments; |
|
|
|
they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our
working capital needs; |
|
|
|
they do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the
cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal
payments on our debt; |
|
|
|
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be
replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not
reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; |
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of earnings or
charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative
of our ongoing operations, as discussed in our presentation of
Adjusted EBITDA in this report; and |
|
|
|
other companies, including companies in our industry, may
calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their
usefulness as comparative measures. |
Because of these limitations, EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
(and related ratios presented this report) should not be
considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to
invest in the growth of our business or reduce our indebtedness.
We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our
GAAP results and using EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA only
supplementally. For more information, see our consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this report.
The following is a reconciliation of cash flows provided by
operating activities to EBIT, EBITDA and net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Cash flows provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
56,413 |
|
|
$ |
48,237 |
|
|
$ |
60,858 |
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
(4,040 |
) |
|
|
(1,102 |
) |
|
|
(5,219 |
) |
|
Non-cash expenses, including depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(31,673 |
) |
|
|
(43,582 |
) |
|
|
(26,091 |
) |
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
6,267 |
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
|
8,520 |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
39,917 |
|
|
|
39,390 |
|
|
|
33,565 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBIT
|
|
|
66,884 |
|
|
|
47,074 |
|
|
|
71,633 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
19,178 |
|
|
|
19,937 |
|
|
|
18,730 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
86,062 |
|
|
|
67,011 |
|
|
|
90,363 |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(39,917 |
) |
|
|
(39,390 |
) |
|
|
(33,565 |
) |
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
(6,267 |
) |
|
|
(4,131 |
) |
|
|
(8,520 |
) |
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(19,178 |
) |
|
|
(19,937 |
) |
|
|
(18,730 |
) |
|
Dividends and amortization of discount on preferred
members equity
|
|
|
(3,291 |
) |
|
|
(1,730 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common members
|
|
$ |
17,409 |
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
The following is a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and to
Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Net income
|
|
$ |
20,700 |
|
|
$ |
3,553 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
39,917 |
|
|
|
39,390 |
|
|
|
33,565 |
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
6,267 |
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
|
8,520 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
19,178 |
|
|
|
19,937 |
|
|
|
18,730 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
86,062 |
|
|
|
67,011 |
|
|
|
90,363 |
|
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,921 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$ |
86,062 |
|
|
$ |
81,932 |
|
|
$ |
90,363 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a reconciliation of our net income margin to
Adjusted EBIT margin and Adjusted EBITDA margin:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net income margin
|
|
|
4.9 |
% |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
9.5 |
% |
|
|
9.5 |
% |
|
|
7.6 |
% |
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
1.5 |
% |
|
|
1.0 |
% |
|
|
1.9 |
% |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBIT margin
|
|
|
16.0 |
% |
|
|
14.9 |
% |
|
|
16.2 |
% |
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
|
4.8 |
% |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA margin
|
|
|
20.5 |
% |
|
|
19.7 |
% |
|
|
20.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations
The following table provides information on the percentages of
certain items of selected financial data compared to net sales
for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a Percentage of Net Sales | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales
|
|
|
59.1 |
|
|
|
60.6 |
|
|
|
59.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
40.9 |
|
|
|
39.4 |
|
|
|
40.6 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
24.7 |
|
|
|
24.3 |
|
|
|
23.8 |
|
Provision for sales tax dispute settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
Write-off of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
15.8 |
|
|
|
14.7 |
|
|
|
16.1 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(9.5 |
) |
|
|
(9.5 |
) |
|
|
(7.6 |
) |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
4.9 |
% |
|
|
0.8 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
Increase (Decrease) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
(In Dollars) | |
|
(Percent) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In millions) | |
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
316.1 |
|
|
$ |
333.3 |
|
|
$ |
17.2 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
% |
Facilities management
|
|
|
59.3 |
|
|
|
72.4 |
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
|
22.1 |
% |
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
40.6 |
|
|
|
38.2 |
|
|
|
(2.4 |
) |
|
|
(5.9 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$ |
416.0 |
|
|
$ |
443.9 |
|
|
$ |
27.9 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
% |
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
163.9 |
|
|
$ |
180.1 |
|
|
$ |
16.2 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$ |
101.3 |
|
|
$ |
105.8 |
|
|
$ |
4.5 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
% |
Provision for sales tax liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.4 |
|
|
$ |
1.4 |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
$ |
1.7 |
|
|
$ |
1.7 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
Interest expense, net
|
|
$ |
39.4 |
|
|
$ |
33.6 |
|
|
$ |
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
(14.7 |
)% |
Income taxes
|
|
$ |
4.1 |
|
|
$ |
8.5 |
|
|
$ |
4.4 |
|
|
|
107.3 |
% |
Net income
|
|
$ |
3.6 |
|
|
$ |
29.5 |
|
|
$ |
25.9 |
|
|
|
719.4 |
% |
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
67.0 |
|
|
$ |
90.4 |
|
|
$ |
23.4 |
|
|
|
34.9 |
% |
Net Sales. Net sales increased in 2004 compared to 2003
primarily due to the improvement of the U.S. economy,
particularly in the Western United States, acquisition activity,
the expansion of our revenue base through the opening of new
branches, and by increasing our market share in certain markets.
Of the $27.9 million increase in our 2004 net sales,
$18.9 million was attributable to organic revenue growth
(which includes $4.5 million from the opening of new
branches) and $9.0 million was attributable to our
acquisition activity during 2003 and 2004. Prices during this
period remained relatively stable, indicating that our revenue
increases were primarily volume driven. As job creation in the
United States continues to move forward, and commercial vacancy
rates in the United States continue to decline, we expect to see
similar revenue trends in our reprographics services.
While revenue from reprographics services and facilities
management increased, our revenue generated from sales of
equipment and supplies sales decreased. This was due to our
ability to convert many of our equipment sales contracts into
facilities management contracts. We believe that the recurring
revenues from such facilities management contracts that span
over several years should make our revenue profile more stable.
This ability to convert our equipment sales contracts into
facilities management contracts, coupled with the increased
decentralized nature of the architectural, engineering and
construction, or AEC industry, leads us to believe that
facilities management revenue will continue to increase in the
near term.
Gross Profit. Our gross profit increased in 2004 compared
to 2003 due primarily to the increase in our net sales coupled
with the fixed cost nature of our leases for production
equipment and facilities. The gross margin realized on our
incremental sales increase during this period amounted to 57.9%.
Our overall gross margin improved by approximately
1.2 percentage points to 40.6% in 2004 compared to 39.4% in
2003. We were able to reduce our material cost as a percentage
of net sales from 16.1% in 2003 to 15.4% in 2004 due to a
negotiated reduction in the cost of material from one of our
major vendors, coupled with better waste control procedures.
Production labor cost as a percentage of net sales increased
slightly from 21.6% in 2003 to 22.8% in 2004 due to the hiring
of additional production labor in anticipation of continued
revenue increases coupled with an increase in employee health
benefits costs. Production overhead as a percent of revenue
decreased from 22.9% in 2003 to 21.3% in 2004 due to the fixed
cost nature of the expense coupled with the net sales increase.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased in 2004 compared
to 2003 primarily due to higher sales commissions related to
increased sales and higher incentive bonus accruals during 2004
compared to 2003 related to improved operating results. As a
percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative
expenses during 2003 and 2004 decreased from 24.3% to 23.8%,
respectively, as higher sales in 2004 offset the increase in our
sales force and increased selling and
31
marketing activities during 2004 as we continued to pursue
market share expansion. Our general and administrative expenses
each in 2003 and 2004 included $0.9 million of management
fees paid to CHS Management IV LP in accordance with a
management agreement entered into in connection with our
recapitalization in 2000. These management fees ceased after our
initial public offering. We expect that our selling, general and
administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars due to
increased legal and accounting fees as a public company,
including costs associated with evaluating and enhancing our
internal control over financial reporting.
Provision for Sales Tax Dispute Settlement. We recorded a
$1.4 million provision for a sales tax dispute settlement
in 2004 related to a dispute we are involved in with a state tax
authority regarding unresolved sales tax issues which arose from
such state tax authoritys audit findings from their sales
tax audit of certain of our operating divisions for the period
from October 1998 to September 2001. The unresolved issues
relate to the application of sales taxes on certain discounts
granted by the Company to its customers. For further information
concerning the provision for sales tax dispute settlement, see
Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.
Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles
in 2004 remained flat compared to 2003.
Interest Expense, Net. Net interest expense decreased in
2004 compared to 2003 due to the refinancing of our debt in
December 2003, which lowered our overall effective interest rate
in 2004 by approximately two percentage points. Also, since
December 31, 2003, we have reduced our total debt
obligations by approximately $36.5 million. Partially
offsetting these interest expense reductions was the additional
interest expense recognized with the adoption of FAS 150.
FAS 150 required that we treat our redeemable preferred
stock as debt from the effective date of July 1, 2003. As a
result, we incurred six months of this interest expense during
2003 amounting to $1.8 million, compared to twelve months
of interest expense amounting to $3.9 million during 2004.
During 2003, the interest benefit from our interest rate swap
contracts was $4.0 million. The interest rate swap
contracts expired in September 2003, and we entered into a new
interest rate hedge in September 2003. This hedge instrument is
accounted for as a hedge, and fluctuations in the market value
of the hedge do not impact our income statement. Absent
significant acquisition activity and continued increases in
interest rates, we expect that our interest expense would
decline as a result of the repayment of debt from the proceeds
of our initial public offering.
Income Taxes. Income tax provision increased in 2004
compared to 2003 primarily due to higher pretax income at the
consolidated corporations. Excluding the $14.9 million loss
on early extinguishment of debt we recorded during 2003, our
overall effective income tax rate for 2004 increased to 22.4%
compared to 18.3% in 2003. We expect our overall effective
income tax rate to increase to approximately 43.0% due to our
conversion to a corporation as part of our initial public
offering.
Net Income. Net income increased in 2004 compared to 2003
primarily related to increased sales resulting from the
improvement in the overall U.S. economy, increased AEC
activity, as well as our reduced interest expense due to the
refinancing of our debt in December 2003 which resulted in a
$14.9 million loss on early extinguishment of debt during
2003.
EBITDA. Our EBITDA margin increased to 20.4% in 2004
compared to 19.7% in 2003 primarily due to higher revenues. For
a reconciliation of EBITDA to pro forma net income, please see
Non-GAAP Measures above.
32
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
Increase (Decrease) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
(In Dollars) | |
|
(Percent) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(In millions) | |
|
|
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
324.4 |
|
|
$ |
316.1 |
|
|
$ |
(8.3 |
) |
|
|
(2.6 |
)% |
Facilities management
|
|
|
52.3 |
|
|
|
59.3 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
13.4 |
% |
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
42.2 |
|
|
|
40.6 |
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
|
(3.8 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$ |
418.9 |
|
|
$ |
416.0 |
|
|
$ |
(2.9 |
) |
|
|
(0.7 |
)% |
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
171.1 |
|
|
$ |
163.9 |
|
|
$ |
(7.2 |
) |
|
|
(4.2 |
)% |
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$ |
103.3 |
|
|
$ |
101.3 |
|
|
$ |
(2.0 |
) |
|
|
(1.9 |
)% |
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
$ |
1.5 |
|
|
$ |
1.7 |
|
|
$ |
0.2 |
|
|
|
13.0 |
% |
Interest expense, net
|
|
$ |
39.9 |
|
|
$ |
39.4 |
|
|
$ |
0.5 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
% |
Income taxes
|
|
$ |
6.3 |
|
|
$ |
4.1 |
|
|
$ |
(2.2 |
) |
|
|
(34.9 |
)% |
Net income
|
|
$ |
20.7 |
|
|
$ |
3.6 |
|
|
$ |
(17.1 |
) |
|
|
(82.6 |
)% |
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
86.1 |
|
|
$ |
67.0 |
|
|
$ |
(19.1 |
) |
|
|
(22.2 |
)% |
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$ |
86.1 |
|
|
$ |
81.9 |
|
|
$ |
(4.2 |
) |
|
|
(4.9 |
)% |
Net Sales. Net sales decreased in 2003 compared to 2002
primarily due to the continued slowdown in the economy and the
AEC industry, particularly in our Northern California and
Northeast divisions, and the continued pricing pressure on our
sales due to reduction in activity levels due to contraction in
the economy. As is typical in our industry, as the volume of
reprographic business declines due to lower non-residential
construction spending, we also saw prices decline. During this
period, we experienced a contraction in the volume of
reprographics work performed and a reduction in the prices of
these services. Our acquisitions in 2002 and 2003 partially
offset this negative trend. Excluding the benefit of
acquisitions completed in 2002 and 2003, our net sales would
have decreased by $19.9 million or 5.1%. Facilities
management revenue increased due to our ability to convert our
equipment sales contracts into facilities management contracts
and the further decentralization of operations in the AEC
industry. As this trend continues, AEC industry participants
should require more output devices to support their additional
facilities.
Gross Profit. Our gross profit declined in 2003 compared
to 2002 mainly due to lower net sales in 2003, particularly in
Northern California and the Northeast where aggregate net sales
in 2003 declined by $16.1 million, combined with strong
pricing pressure which reduced our profit margins. Our overall
gross profit margin declined by 1.5 percentage points to
39.4% in 2003 from 40.9% in 2002, driven primarily by the fixed
cost nature of our equipment and facility leases. Production
overhead as a percentage of net sales, which includes lease and
maintenance costs, increased from 17.5% in 2002 to 19.0% in
2003. Additionally, our cost of production labor increased
$373,000 due to increased health and workers compensation
insurance rates. These increases were partially offset by a
decrease in our material cost as a percentage of net sales.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased by
$2.0 million in 2003 compared to 2002 primarily due to a
$1.5 million charge in 2002 related to non-recurring
signing bonuses paid to the senior management of a division
acquired in 2002. Excluding such signing bonuses, selling,
general and administrative expenses for 2003 remained flat
compared to 2002, despite the decrease in our net sales and
gross profit, because we pursued market share expansion amid
difficult industry conditions. As a result, our selling and
marketing expenses increased by $1.0 million in 2003
compared to 2002 despite lower net sales in 2003. This was
offset by a $2.5 million decrease in general and
administrative expenses in 2003, which was primarily due to
lower incentive bonus accruals resulting from the decline in our
operating results. Our general and administrative expenses in
2003 included $858,000 of management fees.
Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles
increased in 2003 compared to 2002 due to higher amortization of
intangible assets resulting from acquisitions during 2002,
particularly our acquisition of Consolidated Reprographics.
33
Interest Expense, Net. Net interest expense increased in
2003 due primarily to a net interest benefit from our interest
rate swap contracts of $4.0 million in 2003 compared to a
net interest benefit of $1.6 million in 2002, which was
partially offset by a higher monthly average total debt balance
during 2003 compared to 2002. Our monthly average total debt
balance was higher during 2003 because of our acquisition of
Consolidated Reprographics in May 2002 for which we incurred
$20.0 million of net borrowings. The interest benefit
related to the interest rate swap contracts was due to the
improvement in the market value of the interest rate swap
contracts as they moved closer to their expiration dates in
September 2003.
Income Taxes. Our income tax provision decreased for 2003
primarily due to lower pretax income at the consolidated
corporations. Our overall effective income tax rate was 23.2% in
2002 and 53.8% in 2003. The effective rate increased due to
$1.8 million of nondeductible interest expense on our
preferred units and a higher overall effective state income tax
rate due to a loss on early extinguishments of debts in the
parent company that was not deductible for tax purposes by our
subsidiaries outside of California.
We provided for pro forma income taxes of $4.8 million for
2003 as compared to $12.5 million in 2002 due to a loss on
early extinguishments of debts in 2003. However, our overall
effective pro forma income tax rate was 46.3% in 2002 compared
to 62.5% in 2003 as explained above.
Net Income. Net income decreased for 2003 compared to
2002 primarily related to a $14.9 million loss related to
the early extinguishment of debt in connection with our debt
refinancing in December 2003.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA as a percentage of net
sales for 2003 decreased to 16.1% from 20.5% for 2002 primarily
as a result of the $14.9 million of loss from early
extinguishment of debt, which we incurred as part of our debt
refinancing in December 2003. Our Adjusted EBITDA for 2003,
which excludes this early extinguishment charge, was
$81.9 million, or 19.7% of net sales compared to 20.5% for
2002. Our EBITDA margin decreased in 2003 from 2002 primarily
because of lower revenues. For a reconciliation of EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA to pro forma net income, please see
Non-GAAP Measures above.
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain quarterly financial data
for the eight quarters ended December 31, 2004. This
quarterly information is unaudited, has been prepared on the
same basis as the annual financial statements and, in our
opinion, reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of the
information for periods presented. Operating results for any
quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future
period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
Sept. 30, | |
|
Dec. 31, | |
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
Sept. 30, | |
|
Dec. 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited, dollars in thousands) | |
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
81,301 |
|
|
$ |
83,794 |
|
|
$ |
77,411 |
|
|
$ |
73,489 |
|
|
$ |
84,170 |
|
|
$ |
87,237 |
|
|
$ |
81,958 |
|
|
$ |
79,938 |
|
Facilities management
|
|
|
13,644 |
|
|
|
14,448 |
|
|
|
14,628 |
|
|
|
16,592 |
|
|
|
16,529 |
|
|
|
17,954 |
|
|
|
19,254 |
|
|
|
18,624 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
10,327 |
|
|
|
10,640 |
|
|
|
10,145 |
|
|
|
9,541 |
|
|
|
9,819 |
|
|
|
10,424 |
|
|
|
8,953 |
|
|
|
9,004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$ |
105,272 |
|
|
$ |
108,882 |
|
|
$ |
102,184 |
|
|
$ |
99,622 |
|
|
$ |
110,518 |
|
|
$ |
115,615 |
|
|
$ |
110,165 |
|
|
$ |
107,566 |
|
Quarterly sales as a % of annual sales
|
|
|
25.3 |
% |
|
|
26.2 |
% |
|
|
24.6 |
% |
|
|
23.9 |
% |
|
|
24.9 |
% |
|
|
26.1 |
% |
|
|
24.8 |
% |
|
|
24.2 |
% |
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
42,292 |
|
|
$ |
44,551 |
|
|
$ |
39,229 |
|
|
$ |
37,860 |
|
|
$ |
45,919 |
|
|
$ |
49,424 |
|
|
$ |
44,287 |
|
|
$ |
40,447 |
|
Income from operations
|
|
$ |
16,625 |
|
|
$ |
18,329 |
|
|
$ |
13,722 |
|
|
$ |
12,295 |
|
|
$ |
18,588 |
|
|
$ |
20,639 |
|
|
$ |
17,702 |
|
|
$ |
14,284 |
|
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
21,989 |
|
|
$ |
23,889 |
|
|
$ |
19,097 |
|
|
$ |
2,036 |
|
|
$ |
23,376 |
|
|
$ |
25,839 |
|
|
$ |
22,627 |
|
|
$ |
18,521 |
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$ |
21,989 |
|
|
$ |
23,889 |
|
|
$ |
19,097 |
|
|
$ |
16,957 |
|
|
$ |
23,376 |
|
|
$ |
25,839 |
|
|
$ |
22,627 |
|
|
$ |
18,521 |
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
5,946 |
|
|
$ |
8,049 |
|
|
$ |
2,583 |
|
|
$ |
(13,025 |
) |
|
$ |
8,438 |
|
|
$ |
9,845 |
|
|
$ |
7,191 |
|
|
$ |
4,074 |
|
34
The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA
to net income (loss) for each respective quarter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
Sept. 30, | |
|
Dec. 31, | |
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
Sept. 30, | |
|
Dec. 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Unaudited, dollars in thousands) | |
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$ |
21,989 |
|
|
$ |
23,889 |
|
|
$ |
19,097 |
|
|
$ |
16,957 |
|
|
$ |
23,376 |
|
|
$ |
25,839 |
|
|
$ |
22,627 |
|
|
$ |
18,521 |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,921 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
21,989 |
|
|
|
23,889 |
|
|
|
19,097 |
|
|
|
2,036 |
|
|
|
23,376 |
|
|
|
25,839 |
|
|
|
22,627 |
|
|
|
18,521 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(9,317 |
) |
|
|
(8,799 |
) |
|
|
(10,842 |
) |
|
|
(10,432 |
) |
|
|
(8,125 |
) |
|
|
(8,405 |
) |
|
|
(8,559 |
) |
|
|
(8,476 |
) |
Income tax benefit (provision)
|
|
|
(1,562 |
) |
|
|
(2,012 |
) |
|
|
(646 |
) |
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
(2,299 |
) |
|
|
(2,682 |
) |
|
|
(1,959 |
) |
|
|
(1,580 |
) |
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(5,164 |
) |
|
|
(5,029 |
) |
|
|
(5,026 |
) |
|
|
(4,718 |
) |
|
|
(4,514 |
) |
|
|
(4,907 |
) |
|
|
(4,918 |
) |
|
|
(4,391 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
5,946 |
|
|
$ |
8,049 |
|
|
$ |
2,583 |
|
|
$ |
(13,025 |
) |
|
$ |
8,438 |
|
|
$ |
9,845 |
|
|
$ |
7,191 |
|
|
$ |
4,074 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that quarterly revenues and operating results may
vary significantly in the future and that quarter-to-quarter
comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily
meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of
future performance. In addition, our quarterly operating results
are typically affected by seasonal factors, primarily the number
of working days in a quarter. Historically, our fourth quarter
is the slowest, reflecting the slowdown in construction activity
during the holiday season, and our second quarter is the
strongest, reflecting the fewest holidays and best weather
compared to the other quarters.
Impact of Inflation
Inflation has not had a significant effect on our operations.
Price increases for raw materials such as paper typically have
been, and we expect will continue to be, passed on to customers
in the ordinary course of business.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of cash have been cash provided by
operations and borrowings under our bank credit facilities or
debt agreements. Our historical uses of cash have been for
acquisitions of reprographics businesses, payment of principal
and interest on outstanding debt obligations, capital
expenditures and tax-related distributions to our LLC members.
Supplemental information pertaining to our historical sources
and uses of cash is presented as follows and should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated statements of cash flows and
notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
56,413 |
|
|
$ |
48,237 |
|
|
$ |
60,858 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
$ |
(45,918 |
) |
|
$ |
(8,336 |
) |
|
$ |
(10,586 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
$ |
(14,610 |
) |
|
$ |
(47,581 |
) |
|
$ |
(53,761 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2004 primarily related to net income of
$29.5 million, depreciation and amortization of
$18.7 million, non-cash interest expense of
$4.6 million from the amortization of deferred financing
costs and the accretion of yield on our mandatorily redeemable
preferred members equity, and an increase in accounts
payable and accrued expenses of $13.7 million primarily due
to the timing of payments on trade payables, incentive bonus
accruals to be paid at
35
year end, and the higher volume of business activity in 2004.
These factors were offset by the growth in accounts receivables
of $5.7 million primarily related to increased sales during
2004 and by the $3.1 million increase in our prepaid
expenses mainly due to the $2.7 million of IPO-related
costs incurred during 2004 which were recorded as prepaid
expenses. Such IPO-related costs were offset against gross IPO
proceeds upon the completion of our IPO in February 2005. See
Item 5 Use of Proceeds from Sales of
Registered Securities for additional information.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2003 primarily related to net income of
$3.6 million, depreciation and amortization of
$19.9 million, non-cash interest expense of
$11.1 million from the accretion of yield on our Holdings
notes and our mandatorily redeemable preferred members
equity and the amortization of deferred financing costs, the
write-off of unamortized debt discount and deferred financing
costs of $9.0 million as a result of our debt refinancing
in December 2003, a decrease in accounts receivable of
$1.8 million and a $1.0 million decrease in inventory.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2002 primarily related to net income of
$20.7 million, depreciation and amortization of
$19.2 million, non-cash interest expense of
$11.1 million from the accretion of yield on our Holdings
notes and the amortization of deferred financing costs, a
$2.1 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current
assets, a $0.7 million decrease in inventory, and a
$2.7 million increase in accounts payable and accrued
expenses.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities primarily relates to
acquisition of businesses and capital expenditures. Payments for
businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other
cash payments associated with the acquisitions amounted to
$4.6 million, $3.1 million and $40.4 million
during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
respectively. We incurred capital expenditures totaling
$5.9 million, $5.0 million, and $5.2 million
during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
respectively.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities primarily relates to
payments on long-term debt under our debt agreements and cash
distributions to members. These are offset mainly by the
proceeds from borrowings under our debt agreements. Cash used in
financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004
included $48.4 million of repayments under our debt
agreements and $6.1 million in cash distributions to
members. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended
December 31, 2003 included $375.6 million of
repayments on our prior credit facilities, an $8.1 million
payment of loan fees related to our debt refinancing and
$1.7 million in cash distributions to members. These were
offset by $337.8 million in borrowings under our new credit
facilities in December 2003. Cash used in financing activities
for the year ended December 31, 2002 included
$35.5 million of repayments on our debt agreements and
$10.2 million in cash distributions to members (including
$6.3 million of cash paid to redeem certain of the
Companys common membership units), partially offset by
$32.0 million in borrowings under our debt agreements.
Our cash position, working capital and debt obligations as of
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are shown below and should
be read in conjunction with our consolidated balance sheets and
notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
24,995 |
|
|
$ |
17,315 |
|
|
$ |
13,826 |
|
Working capital
|
|
|
24,371 |
|
|
|
16,809 |
|
|
|
22,387 |
|
Mandatorily redeemable preferred and common membership units
|
|
|
23,903 |
|
|
|
25,791 |
|
|
|
27,814 |
|
Other debt obligations
|
|
|
378,608 |
|
|
|
359,340 |
|
|
|
320,833 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt obligations
|
|
$ |
402,511 |
|
|
$ |
385,131 |
|
|
$ |
348,647 |
|
36
Debt obligations as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 include
$25.8 million and $27.8 million of redeemable
preferred equity which has been reclassified in our financial
statements as a component of our total debt upon our adoption of
SFAS No. 150 in July 2003.
We expect a positive impact on our liquidity and results of
operations going forward due to lower interest expense as net
proceeds of approximately $89.3 million from our initial
public offering were used to reduce our existing debt
obligations. Our overall interest expense may also be reduced as
rates applicable to future borrowings on our revolving credit
facility may decrease since the margin for loans made under the
revolving facility is based on the ratio of our consolidated
indebtedness to our consolidated adjusted EBITDA (as defined in
our credit facilities). The applicable margin on our revolving
facility ranges between 2.00% and 2.75% for LIBOR rate loans and
ranges between 1.00% and 1.75% for index rate loans. In
addition, the termination of our management agreement with CHS
Management IV LP which occurred upon the completion of our
initial public offering will positively impact our future
results of operations and cash flows because of the elimination
of management fees we were required to pay under this agreement.
We paid CHS Management IV LP a management fee of $889,000
in 2002, $858,000 in 2003, and $835,000 in 2004.
These positive factors will be offset to a certain extent by
rising market interest rates on our debt obligations under our
senior secured credit facilities which are subject to variable
interest rates. As discussed in Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk, we had
$348.6 million of total debt outstanding as of
December 31, 2004 of which $303.0 million was bearing
interest at variable rates. A 1.0% change in interest rates on
variable rate debt would have resulted in interest expense
fluctuating by approximately $3.2 million during the year
ended December 31, 2004.
We believe that our cash flow provided by operations will be
adequate to cover our 2005 working capital needs, debt service
requirements and planned capital expenditures to the extent such
items are known or are reasonably determinable based on current
business and market conditions. However, we may elect to finance
certain of our capital expenditure requirements through
borrowings under our credit facilities or the issuance of
additional debt.
We continually evaluate potential acquisitions. Absent a
compelling strategic reason, we expect that all future
acquisitions will be cash flow accretive within six months.
Currently, we are not a party to any agreements or engaged in
any negotiations regarding a material acquisition. We expect to
fund future acquisitions through cash flow provided by
operations, additional borrowings or the issuance of our equity.
The extent to which we will be willing or able to use our equity
or a mix of equity and cash payments to make acquisitions will
depend on the market value of our shares from time to time and
the willingness of potential sellers to accept equity as full or
partial payment.
Debt Obligations
Senior Secured Credit Facilities. We have two senior
secured credit facilities: a $130 million senior first
priority secured facility, or first priority facility, and a
$225 million senior second priority secured facility, or
second priority facility. Our first priority facility consists
of a $100 million senior first priority secured term loan
facility, or term facility, and a $30 million senior first
priority secured revolving credit facility, or revolving
facility. Our second priority facility consists of a
$225 million senior second priority secured term loan
facility. The proceeds of the term facility and a portion of the
revolving facility, together with substantially all of the
proceeds of the second priority facility, were used to refinance
our then existing debt in December 2003. We may use amounts
remaining available under the revolving facility for working
capital, certain permitted acquisitions and general corporate
purposes. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial
statements for further details concerning our credit facilities.
The term facility matures in June 2009, the revolving facility
matures in December 2008 and the second priority facility
matures in December 2009. Opcos obligations under each of
the credit facilities are guaranteed by Holdings and each of its
domestic subsidiaries. In addition, subject to limited
exceptions, the first priority facility is secured by first
priority security interests in all of Opcos assets and the
assets of Holdings and its domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the
assets of its foreign subsidiary. The second priority facility
is secured by second priority security interests in the assets
securing the first priority facility. The
37
priority of the security interests and related creditor rights
between the first priority facility and the second priority
facility are subject to an intercreditor agreement.
Loans made under the credit facilities bear interest at a
floating rate and may be maintained as index rate loans or as
LIBOR rate loans. Index rate loans bear interest at the index
rate plus the applicable index rate margin, as described in the
first priority facility. Index rate is defined as the higher of
(1) the rate of interest publicly quoted from time to time
by The Wall Street Journal as the base rate on corporate loans
posted by at least 75% of the nations 30 largest banks,
and (2) the Federal Reserve reported overnight funds rate
plus
1/2
of 1%. LIBOR rate loans bear interest at the LIBOR rate, as
described in the first priority facility, plus the applicable
LIBOR rate margin.
The applicable margin with respect to the term facility is 2.00%
in the case of index rate loans and 3.00% in the case of LIBOR
rate loans. The applicable margin for the revolving facility is
determined by a grid based on the ratio of our consolidated
indebtedness to our consolidated adjusted EBITDA (as defined in
our credit facilities) for the most recently ended four fiscal
quarters and range between 2.00% and 2.75% for LIBOR rate loans
and range between 1.00% and 1.75% for index rate loans.
The applicable margin with respect to loans made under the
second priority facility is 5.875% in the case of index rate
loans and 6.875% in the case of LIBOR rate loans; provided,
that, if the ratio of our consolidated indebtedness over our
consolidated adjusted EBITDA (as defined in our credit
facilities) is greater than 4.8:1.0 for any four fiscal
quarters, each of the applicable margins set forth above will be
increased by 100 basis points. In addition to the
foregoing, loans made under the second priority facility are
issued at a discount of 1.0% to the face amount.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balance,
borrowing capacity and applicable interest rate under our senior
secured credit facilities. Subsequent to December 31, 2004,
we utilized the net proceeds from our initial public offering to
pay down $9.0 million under our term facility and
$50.7 million under our second priority facility.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2003 | |
|
As of December 31, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Available | |
|
|
|
|
|
Available | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowing | |
|
Interest | |
|
|
|
Borrowing | |
|
Interest | |
|
|
Balance | |
|
Capacity | |
|
Rate | |
|
Balance | |
|
Capacity | |
|
Rate | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Term facility
|
|
$ |
100,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
5.75 |
% |
|
$ |
94,800 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
5.26 |
% |
Revolving facility
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
5.75 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Second priority facility, excluding debt discount
|
|
|
225,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.8 |
% |
|
|
208,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.92 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
340,000 |
|
|
$ |
15,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
303,031 |
|
|
$ |
30,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, under the revolving facility, we are required to
pay a fee equal to 0.50% of the total unused commitment amount.
We may also draw upon this credit facility through letters of
credit which carry specific fees.
Redeemable Preferred Units. As of December 31, 2004,
we had $27.8 million of redeemable, non-voting preferred
membership units. Holders of the redeemable preferred units are
entitled to receive a yield of 13.25% of its liquidation value
per annum for the first three years starting in April 2000, and
increasing to 15% of the liquidation value per annum thereafter.
The discount inherent in the yield for the first three years was
recorded as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the
redeemable preferred units. This discount was amortized as a
dividend over the initial three years. Of the total yield on the
redeemable preferred units, 48% is mandatorily payable quarterly
in cash to the redeemable preferred unit holders. The unpaid
portion of the yield accumulates annually and is added to the
liquidation value of the redeemable preferred units. The
preferred units are redeemable without premium or penalty,
wholly or in part, at Holdings option at any time, for the
liquidation value, including any unpaid yield. The preferred
units were mandatorily redeemable on the closing of our initial
public offering to the extent of 25% of the net proceeds from
our initial public offering. On
38
February 9, 2005, we utilized $28.3 million of cash
proceeds from our initial public offering to redeem 100% of the
redeemable preferred units based on the liquidation value of the
redeemable preferred units on such date.
Seller Notes. As of December 31, 2004, we had
$4.7 million of seller notes outstanding, with interest
rates ranging between 5.0% and 11.0% and maturities between 2005
and 2009. These notes were issued in connection with prior
acquisitions.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we did not have any
relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial
partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured
finance or special purpose entities, which would have been
established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet
arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
Our future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004
by fiscal year are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ending December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2007 | |
|
2008 | |
|
2009 | |
|
Thereafter | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Debt obligations, including mandatorily redeemable preferred
equity
|
|
$ |
31,688 |
|
|
$ |
1,852 |
|
|
$ |
797 |
|
|
$ |
48,044 |
|
|
$ |
251,569 |
|
|
$ |
9 |
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
6,402 |
|
|
|
4,152 |
|
|
|
2,462 |
|
|
|
1,098 |
|
|
|
423 |
|
|
|
151 |
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
29,422 |
|
|
|
20,420 |
|
|
|
13,931 |
|
|
|
9,083 |
|
|
|
6,214 |
|
|
|
13,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
67,512 |
|
|
$ |
26,424 |
|
|
$ |
17,190 |
|
|
$ |
58,225 |
|
|
$ |
258,206 |
|
|
$ |
14,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As discussed in Item 5 Use of Proceeds
from Sales of Registered Securities, we have used a
portion of the net proceeds from our initial public offering in
February 2005 to (i) repurchase for $28.3 million all
of the preferred equity of Holdings which became payable upon
our initial public offering, (ii) repay $50.7 million
of our $255 million senior second priority secured term
loan facility, and (iii) repay $9.0 million of our
$100 million senior first priority secured term loan
facility. The table below shows our future contractual
obligations as of December 31, 2004 after adjusting for the
effects of such debt paydowns in February 2005 from our initial
public offering proceeds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ending December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2007 | |
|
2008 | |
|
2009 | |
|
Thereafter | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Debt obligations
|
|
$ |
3,874 |
|
|
$ |
1,852 |
|
|
$ |
797 |
|
|
$ |
48,044 |
|
|
$ |
191,838 |
|
|
$ |
9 |
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
6,402 |
|
|
|
4,152 |
|
|
|
2,462 |
|
|
|
1,098 |
|
|
|
423 |
|
|
|
151 |
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
29,422 |
|
|
|
20,420 |
|
|
|
13,931 |
|
|
|
9,083 |
|
|
|
6,214 |
|
|
|
13,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proforma total
|
|
$ |
39,698 |
|
|
$ |
26,424 |
|
|
$ |
17,190 |
|
|
$ |
58,225 |
|
|
$ |
198,475 |
|
|
$ |
14,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Leases. We have entered into various
noncancelable operating leases primarily related to facilities,
equipment and vehicles used in the ordinary course of our
business.
Contingent Transaction Consideration. We have
entered into earnout agreements in connection with prior
acquisitions. If the acquired businesses generate operating
profits in excess of pre-determined targets, we are obligated to
make additional cash payments in accordance with the terms of
such earnout agreements. As of December 31, 2004, we
estimate that we will be required to make additional cash
payments of up to $1,266 between 2005 to 2007. These additional
cash payments are accounted for as goodwill when earned.
We are involved in a dispute with a state tax authority related
to unresolved sales tax issues which arose from such state tax
authoritys audit findings from their sales tax audit of
certain of our operating divisions for the period from October
1998 to September 2001. The unresolved issues relate to the
application of sales taxes on certain discounts we granted to
our customers. Based on the position taken by the state tax
authority on
39
these unresolved issues, they have claimed that an additional
$1.2 million of sales taxes are due from us for the period
in question, plus approximately $372,000 of interest. We
strongly disagree with the state tax authoritys position
and have filed a petition for redetermination requesting an
appeals conference to resolve these issues. At an appeals
conference held on December 14, 2004, the appeals board
ruled that we are liable in connection with one component of the
dispute involving approximately $40,000, which we previously
paid. We have requested another appeals conference to resolve
the remaining issues, but such conference has not yet been
scheduled. Based on the unfavorable outcome from a preliminary
appeals hearing held on March 16, 2005, we believe it is
probable that we will not prevail on appeal. As a result, we
recorded a $1.4 million provision for a sales tax dispute
settlement during the fourth quarter of 2004. The accrued
expenses in our consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2004 include approximately $1.5 million
of total reserves related to this matter.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity
(SFAS 150). SFAS 150 requires issuers to classify as
liabilities (or assets in some circumstances) three classes of
freestanding financial instruments that embody obligations for
the issuer. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments
entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and is
otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period
beginning after June 15, 2003. We adopted SFAS 150 on
July 1, 2003, which resulted in classifying mandatorily
redeemable preferred stock as a liability in the balance sheet
and related accretion being charged to interest expense in the
statement of operations. See Note 1 to our consolidated
financial statements for more detail.
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs, an amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 43, Chapter 4.
SFAS No. 151 requires that abnormal amounts of idle
facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials
(spoilage) be recorded as current period charges and that
the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory be
based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.
SFAS No. 151 is effective for our Company on
January 1, 2006. We do not believe that the adoption of
SFAS No. 151 will have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment.
SFAS No. 123R addresses the accounting for share-based
payment transactions in which a company receives employee
services in exchange for either equity instruments of the
company or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the
companys equity instruments or that may be settled by the
issuance of such equity instruments. SFAS No. 123R
eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation
transactions using the intrinsic method that we currently use
and requires that such transactions be accounted for using a
fair value-based method and recognized as expense in the
consolidated statement of operations. The effective date of
SFAS No. 123R is for interim and annual periods
beginning after June 15, 2005. We are currently assessing
the provisions of SFAS No. 123R and its impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB
Opinion No. 29. SFAS No. 153 is based on
the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be
measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. APB
Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary
Transactions, provided an exception to its basic
measurement principle (fair value) for exchanges of similar
productive assets. Under APB Opinion No. 29, an exchange of
a productive asset for a similar productive asset was based on
the recorded amount of the asset relinquished.
SFAS No. 153 eliminates this exception and replaces it
with an exception of exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not
have commercial substance. We do not believe that the adoption
of SFAS No. 153 will have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
|
|
Item 7A. |
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market
Risk |
Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk
associated with our debt instruments. We use both fixed and
variable rate debt as sources of financing. In September 2003,
we entered into an interest rate hedge agreement with a notional
amount of $111.2 million to reduce our exposure to
fluctuations in interest
40
rates. Under the hedge agreement, we pay a fixed rate of 2.29%
and we receive a variable rate equal to the 1-month LIBOR rate.
The difference between the fixed and variable rates is settled
monthly and is recognized as an increase or decrease in interest
expense. The notional amount of the hedge agreement is reduced
quarterly by an amount equal to 50% of our scheduled quarterly
principal payments on our senior credit facilities. At
December 31, 2004, the fair value of this hedge agreement
was $386,000. Upon the expiration of the hedge agreement in
September 2005, the notional amount will have been reduced to
$96.0 million.
In January 2004, we entered into two interest rate collar
agreements, referred to as the front-end and the back-end
interest rate collar agreements. The front-end interest rate
collar agreement has an initial notional amount of
$22.6 million which is increased quarterly to reflect
reductions in the notional amount of our interest rate swap
agreement, such that the notional amount of the swap agreement,
together with the notional amount of the front-end interest rate
collar agreement, remains not less than 40% of the aggregate
principal amount outstanding on our senior credit facilities.
The front-end interest rate collar agreement expires in
September 2005. The back-end interest rate collar agreement
becomes effective upon expiration of the swap agreement and
front-end interest rate collar agreement in September 2005 and
has a fixed notional amount of $111.0 million. The back-end
interest rate collar agreement expires in December 2006. At
December 31, 2004, the fair value of these interest rate
collar agreements was $(180,000).
At December 31, 2004, we had $348.6 million of total
debt obligations of which $303.0 million was bearing
interest at variable rates approximating 7.8% on a weighted
average basis. A 1.0% change in interest rates on variable rate
debt would have resulted in interest expense fluctuating by
approximately $3.2 million during the year ended
December 31, 2004.
We have not, and do not plan to, enter into any derivative
financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. As of
December 31, 2004, we had no other significant material
exposure to market risk, including foreign exchange risk and
commodity risks.
|
|
Item 8. |
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data |
Our Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes that are
filed as part of this report are listed under Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and are set forth
beginning on page F-1.
|
|
Item 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants On
Accounting And Financial Disclosure |
On October 24, 2003, Holdings board of advisors
determined to no longer use the audit services of
Ernst & Young LLP and approved the appointment of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to serve as our independent
registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2003. During the years ended December 31,
2002 and 2001 and the subsequent interim period through
October 24, 2003, we did not consult with
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to the application of
accounting principles to a specified transaction, either
completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might
be rendered on our consolidated financial statements, or any
other matters or reportable events as set forth in
Items 304(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S-K.
The report of Ernst & Young LLP on our consolidated
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002
did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, or
a qualification or modification as to uncertainty, audit scope,
or accounting principles. During our fiscal year 2002 and the
subsequent interim period through October 24, 2003, there
were no disagreements between Ernst & Young LLP and us
on any matter of accounting principle or practice, financial
statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which
disagreements if not resolved to the satisfaction of
Ernst & Young LLP would have caused it to make
reference thereto in its report on the financial statements for
such period. There has been no matter that was the subject of a
reportable event (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of
Regulation S-K).
We have provided Ernst & Young LLP with a copy of the
foregoing disclosures and requested that Ernst & Young
LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the Securities and
Exchange Commission stating
41
whether or not Ernst & Young LLP agrees with the above
statements. A copy of such letter, dated October 15, 2004,
is filed as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on
Form S-1.
|
|
Item 9A. |
Controls and Procedures |
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed
to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our
reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded,
processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods
specified in the Securities and Exchange Commissions rules
and forms, and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of
December 31, 2004. Based on that evaluation, our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as
of December 31, 2004, these disclosure controls and
procedures were effective.
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
There were no significant changes during the fourth quarter of
2004 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal controls over financial
reporting.
|
|
Item 9B. |
Other Information |
None
PART III
|
|
Item 10. |
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant |
Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors.
Our board of directors is not classified and thus all of our
directors are elected annually. There are no family
relationships among any of the directors or executive officers
of our Company. The following table sets forth, with respect to
each director, his name, the year in which he first became a
director of ARC, and his age.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year First | |
|
|
Name |
|
Elected | |
|
Age | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan
|
|
|
1998 |
(1) |
|
|
46 |
|
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar
|
|
|
1998 |
(1) |
|
|
52 |
|
Andrew W. Code
|
|
|
2002 |
(2) |
|
|
46 |
|
Thomas J. Formolo
|
|
|
2000 |
(3) |
|
|
40 |
|
Edward D. Horowitz
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
Mark W. Mealy
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
Manuel Perez de la Mesa
|
|
|
2002 |
(4) |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Served as an advisor of Holdings since 1998 and as a director of
ARC since October 2004. |
|
(2) |
Served as an advisor of Holdings since 2002 and as a director of
ARC since October 2004. |
|
(3) |
Served as an advisor of Holdings since 2000 and as a director of
ARC since October 2004. |
|
(4) |
Functioned as a director of Holdings since 2002 and served as a
director of ARC since October 2004. |
42
The following is a brief description of the principal occupation
and business experience of each of our directors during the past
five years and their other affiliations.
Sathiyamurthy (Mohan) Chandramohan has
served as an advisor and the Chairman of the Board of Advisors
of Holdings since March 1998 and has served as a director and
the Chairman of the Board of Directors of American Reprographics
Company since October 2004. Mr. Chandramohan joined Micro
Device, Inc. (our predecessor company) in February 1988 as
President and became the Chief Executive Officer in March 1991.
Prior to joining our company, Mr. Chandramohan was employed
with U-Save Auto Parts Stores from December 1981 to February
1988, and became the companys Chief Financial Officer in
May 1985 and Chief Operating Officer in March 1987.
Mr. Chandramohan served as the President of the
International Reprographics Association (IRgA) from
August 1, 2001 to July 31, 2002 and continues to be an
active member of the IRgA.
Kumarakulasingam (Suri) Suriyakumar
has served as an advisor of Holdings since March 1998
and has served as a director of American Reprographics Company
since October 2004. Mr. Suriyakumar joined Micro Device,
Inc. in 1989. He became the Vice President of Micro Device, Inc.
in 1990 and became the companys President and Chief
Operating Officer in 1991. Prior to joining our company,
Mr. Suriyakumar was employed with Aitken Spence &
Co. LTD, a highly diversified conglomerate and one of the five
largest corporations in Sri Lanka. Mr. Suriyakumar is an
active member of the IRgA.
Andrew W. Code has served as an advisor of
Holdings since May 2002 and has served as a director of American
Reprographics Company since October 2004. Mr. Code is a
partner of Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC, or CHS, and
founded its predecessors in 1988. Mr. Code is also a
director of SCP Pool Corporation.
Thomas J. Formolo has served as an advisor of
Holdings since April 2000 and has served as a director of
American Reprographics Company since October 2004.
Mr. Formolo has been a partner of CHS since 1997 and
employed by its affiliates since 1990.
Edward D. Horowitz was appointed as a director of
American Reprographics Company in January 2005.
Mr. Horowitz has been a consultant to the Office of the
Chairman of Rainbow Media Enterprises, a national Hi-Definition
programming service and direct broadcast satellite provider,
since 2003 and also has been Founder and Chairman, since 2001,
of EdsLink LLC, a New York City based venture capital firm
providing financial advisory and technology consulting services.
From 1997 through 2001 Mr. Horowitz served at Citigroup, a
provider of banking, insurance and investment services, as an
Executive Vice President and as Founder and Chairman of the
e-Citi business unit of Citigroup. Mr. Horowitz also
serves as a director of iVillage, a provider of online and
offline media-based properties, MusicNet, an online music
delivery company, and Acterna, a provider of integrated
solutions for communications service providers.
Mark W. Mealy was appointed as a director of
American Reprographics Company in March 2005. Mr. Mealy
served as the Managing Director and Group Head of Mergers and
Acquisitions of Wachovia Securities, Inc., an investment banking
firm, from March 2000 until October 2004. Mr. Mealy served
as the Managing Director, Mergers and Acquisitions of First
Union Securities, Inc., an investment banking firm, from April
1998 to March 2000. Mr. Mealy also serves as a director of
Morton Industrial Group, Inc. a metal fabrication supplier to
off-highway construction and agricultural equipment markets.
Manuel Perez de la Mesa functioned as a director
for Holdings from July 2002 until his appointment as a director
of American Reprographics Company in October 2004.
Mr. Perez de la Mesa has been Chief Executive Officer of
SCP Pool Corporation, a wholesale distributor of swimming pool
supplies and related equipment, since May 2001 and has also been
the President of SCP Pool Corporation since February 1999.
Mr. Perez de la Mesa served as Chief Operating Officer of
SCP Pool Corporation from February 1999 to May 2001.
Procedures for Stockholder Recommendations of Nominees to our
Board
Our Amended and Restated Bylaws set forth the requirements that
must be satisfied in order for a stockholder to recommend a
nominee for election to our board of directors at our annual
meeting. For nominations to be properly brought before an annual
meeting by a stockholder, (i) the stockholder must give
43
timely notice of the nomination in writing to our Secretary,
(ii) if the stockholder provides the Company with a
Solicitation Notice (as defined below), the stockholder must
deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a
percentage of our voting securities reasonably believed by the
stockholder to be sufficient to elect the nominee, and must have
included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and
(iii) if no Solicitation Notice is timely provided, then
the stockholder must not have solicited a number of proxies
sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation
Notice.
To be timely, a stockholders notice must be delivered to
our Secretary at our principal executive office not later than
the close of business on the ninetieth day nor earlier than the
close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to the
first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting.
If the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than
30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after
the anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting,
notice by the stockholder must be delivered not earlier than the
close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to the
annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the
later of the ninetieth day prior to the annual meeting or the
tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the
date of such meeting is first made. Public announcement of an
adjournment of our annual meeting will not commence a new time
period for the giving of a stockholders notice.
The stockholders notice must set forth: (A) all
information relating to the nominee that is required to be
disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors
pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act and
Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such persons
written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a
nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and
(B) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the
name and address of the stockholder, as they appear on our books
and records, (ii) the class and number of shares of our
stock that are owned beneficially and of record by the
stockholder, and (iii) whether the stockholder intends to
deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a
sufficient number of holders of our voting shares to elect such
nominee or nominees (such an affirmative statement being
referred to as a Solicitation Notice).
Consideration of Director Nominees; Director
Qualifications
The board has adopted the American Reprographics Company
Corporate Governance Guidelines. Those Guidelines set forth,
among other things, director qualification standards and the
factors to be considered in making nominations to the board.
While the selection of qualified directors is a complex,
subjective process that requires consideration of many
intangible factors, the Corporate Governance Guidelines provide
that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the
board should take into account the following criteria, among
others, in considering directors and candidates for the board:
|
|
|
|
|
Judgment, experience, skills and personal character of the
candidate; and |
|
|
|
the needs of the board. |
Executive Officers
Our executive officers are appointed annually by our board of
directors and serve at the discretion of our board of directors.
The following table sets forth, with respect to each officer,
his name, age and the position(s) held.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Position |
|
|
| |
|
|
Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer; Chairman of the Board of Directors |
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
President; Chief Operating Officer; Director |
Mark W. Legg
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer; Secretary |
Rahul K. Roy
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
Chief Technology Officer |
44
The following is a brief description of the business experience
of each of our officers during the past five years and their
other affiliations. Biographical information for
Mr. Chandramohan and Mr. Suriyakumar is provided above
under Board of Directors.
Mark W. Legg joined Holdings as its Chief
Financial Officer in April 1998. From 1987 to 1998,
Mr. Legg was employed at Vivitar Corporation, a distributor
of photographic, optical, electronic and digital imaging
products, as a Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer,
and later as its Chief Operating Officer. Before Vivitar, he was
director of corporate accounting at Sunrise Medical from 1984 to
1986. From 1979 to 1984, Mr. Legg was employed as an
accountant with Price Waterhouse & Co.
Rahul K. Roy joined Holdings as its Chief
Technology Officer in September 2000. Prior to joining our
company, Mr. Roy was the Founder, President and Chief
Executive Officer of MirrorPlus Technologies, Inc., which
developed software for the reprographics industry, from August
1993 until it was acquired by us in 1999. Mr. Roy served as
the Chief Operating Officer of InPrint, a provider of printing,
software, duplication, packaging, assembly and distribution
services to technology companies, from 1993 until it was
acquired by us in 1999.
Director Independence
As required by the rules of the NYSE, our board evaluates the
independence of its members at least annually, and at other
appropriate times (e.g., in connection with a change in
employment status) when a change in circumstances could
potentially impact the independence of one or more directors.
Under NYSE rules, a director is independent if the board
affirmatively determines that he or she currently has no direct
or indirect material relationship with the Company or any of its
consolidated subsidiaries. In addition, a director must meet
each of the following standards to be considered independent
under NYSE rules:
|
|
|
|
|
The director is not and has not been an employee of the Company,
and no member of the directors immediate family is or has
served as an executive officer of the Company or any of its
consolidated subsidiaries, during the last three years. |
|
|
|
Neither the director nor any member of the directors
immediate family has received more than $100,000 in direct
compensation from the Company or any of its consolidated
subsidiaries (excluding director and committee fees, pensions or
deferred compensation for prior service) during any twelve-month
period within the last three years. |
|
|
|
The director: (i) is not, and does not have an immediate
family member that is a current partner of a firm that is the
Companys, or any of its consolidated subsidiaries,
internal or external auditor; (ii) is not a current
employee of such external audit firm; (iii) does not have
an immediate family member who is a current employee of such
external audit firm who participates in such firms audit,
assurance or tax compliance (but not tax planning) practice; and
(iv) was not, and does not have an immediate family member
that was, within the last three years (but is no longer) a
partner or employee of such external audit firm who personally
worked on the Companys, or any of its consolidated
subsidiaries, audit within that time. |
|
|
|
Neither the director nor any member of the directors
immediate family is or has been employed within the last three
years as an executive officer of any company whose compensation
committee, or the compensation committee of any of its
consolidated subsidiaries, includes or included an executive
officer of the Company. |
|
|
|
The director is not a current employee of, and does not have an
immediate family member who is a current executive officer of,
another company that has made payments to, or has received
payments from, the Company or any of its consolidated
subsidiaries, for property or services in an amount which, in
any of the last three fiscal years, exceeds the greater of
$1 million or 2% of the consolidated gross revenues of such
other company. |
45
In determining whether a material relationship exists between
the Company and each director, the board broadly considers all
relevant facts and circumstances, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the nature of any relationships with the Company, |
|
|
|
the significance of the relationship to the Company, the other
organization and the individual director, |
|
|
|
whether or not the relationship is solely a business
relationship in the ordinary course of the Companys and
the other organizations businesses and does not afford the
director any special benefits, and |
|
|
|
any commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal,
accounting, charitable and familial relationships, and such
other criteria as the board may determine from time to time. |
|
|
|
If a proposed director serves as an executive officer, director
or trustee of a tax exempt organization, whether contributions
from the Company, or any of its consolidated subsidiaries, to
such tax exempt organization in any of the last three fiscal
years are less than the greater of (i) $1 million or
(ii) 2% of the consolidated gross revenues of such tax
exempt organization for its last completed fiscal year. |
After considering the policies set forth in the Companys
Corporate Governance Guidelines and the standards for
independence adopted by the NYSE described above, the board has
determined that, in its judgment, Messrs. Horowitz, Mealy
and Perez de la Mesa are independent. In making these
determinations, the board has considered all relevant facts and
circumstances.
Executive Sessions of Board of Directors
The boards practice is to hold regularly scheduled
executive sessions without management. The Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee selects from among our
independent directors a lead director to chair the executive
sessions of the non-management directors.
Board Committees
Currently, the committees of the board include an Audit
Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee. Committee memberships are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominating and Corporate | |
Audit Committee | |
|
Compensation Committee | |
|
Governance Committee | |
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
Mark W. Mealy |
|
|
|
Manuel Perez de la Mesa |
|
|
|
Edward D. Horowitz |
|
|
Edward D. Horowitz |
|
|
|
Thomas J. Formolo |
|
|
|
Andrew W. Code |
|
|
Manuel Perez de la Mesa |
|
|
|
Edward D. Horowitz |
|
|
|
Mark W. Mealy |
|
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is governed by the Audit Committee Charter.
The functions of our Audit Committee are described in the Audit
Committee Charter and include, among other things the following:
(i) reviewing the adequacy of our system of internal
accounting controls; (ii) reviewing the results of the
independent registered public accounting firms annual
audit, including any significant adjustments, management
judgments and estimates, new accounting policies and
disagreements with management; (iii) reviewing our audited
financial statements and discussing the statements with
management; (iv) reviewing disclosures by our independent
registered public accounting firm concerning relationships with
our Company and the performance of our independent registered
public accounting firm and annually recommending the independent
registered public accounting firm; and (v) preparing such
reports or statements as may be required by securities laws. The
Audit Committee Charter provides that the Audit Committee shall
meet as often as it determines but no less frequently than
quarterly.
Our board of directors has determined that all members of our
Audit Committee meet the applicable tests for independence and
the requirements for financial literacy that are applicable to
audit committee members under the rules and regulations of the
SEC and NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Manuel
Perez de la Mesa is an audit committee financial
expert as defined by the applicable rules of the
46
SEC and NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Mark W.
Mealy also is an audit committee financial expert as
defined by the applicable rules of the SEC and NYSE, as a result
of his experience as a member, since 2000, and chair, since
2003, of the audit committee for Morton Industrial Group, Inc.
The board of directors has determined that Mr. Mealy has
substantial familiarity and experience with the use and analysis
of financial statements of public companies. For the last
15 years, Mr. Mealy has served in various positions in
which he analyzed financial statements in connection with the
refinance, recapitalization and restructure of debt and equity
securities and the evaluation of mergers and acquisitions.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, requires directors and
certain officers of ARC and persons who own more than ten
percent of our common stock to file with the SEC initial reports
of beneficial ownership (Form 3) and reports of subsequent
changes in their beneficial ownership (Form 4 or
Form 5) of ARCs common stock. Such directors,
officers and greater-than-ten-percent stockholders are required
to furnish us with copies of the Section 16(a) reports they
file. The SEC has established specific due dates for these
reports, and ARC is required to disclose in this report any late
filings or failures to file.
The Company closed its initial public offering of its common
stock on February 9, 2005. Because we did not have a class
of equity securities registered with the SEC under
Section 12 of the Exchange Act at any time in 2004, none of
our directors, officers or beneficial owners of our equity
securities were required to file reports with respect to us
pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act for our
fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all employees,
officers and directors, including our chief executive officer,
our chief financial officer and our controller, which meets the
definition of a code of ethics set forth in
Item 406 of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act. A copy
of our Code of Conduct is attached to this Annual Report as
Exhibit 14.1.
Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee is governed by the Compensation
Committee Charter, which complies with the rules of the NYSE.
The functions of the Compensation Committee are described in the
Compensation Committee Charter and include, among other things,
evaluating and approving director and officer compensation,
benefit and perquisite plans, policies and programs and
producing a compensation committee report on executive officer
compensation.
The Board has affirmatively determined that, in its judgment,
Manuel Perez de la Mesa and Edward D. Horowitz meet the
definition of an independent director as established by the
NYSE. Currently, a majority of the Compensation Committee is
comprised of independent members pursuant to the requirements of
the NYSE and the SEC. Also pursuant to the requirements of the
NYSE and the SEC, our entire Compensation Committee will consist
of independent members by no later than February 3, 2006,
which is the one year anniversary of the effectiveness of our
registration statement.
|
|
|
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee |
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is governed by
the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter, which
complies with the rules of the NYSE. The functions of the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are described in
the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter and
include, among other things, identifying individuals qualified
to become members of the board, selecting or recommending to the
board the nominees to stand for election as directors,
developing and recommending to the board a set of corporate
governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the board
and management.
47
The Board has affirmatively determined that, in its judgment,
Edward D. Horowitz and Mark W. Mealy meet the
definition of an independent director as established by the
NYSE. Currently, a majority of the Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee is comprised of independent members
pursuant to the requirements of the NYSE and the SEC. Also
pursuant to the requirements of the NYSE and the SEC, our entire
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consist of
independent members by no later than February 3, 2006,
which is the one year anniversary of the effectiveness of our
registration statement.
Certain Executive Officer Certifications
Our common stock is listed on the NYSE. As required by
Section 303A.12 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, we have
filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K Annual Report the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer certifications
required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
The Chief Executive Officer of a company listed on the NYSE is
also required to make an annual certification to the NYSE in
accordance with Section 303A.12 of the NYSE Listed Company
Manual stating that such Chief Executive Officer is not aware of
any violations by the Company of the NYSE corporate governance
listing standards. Since we were not a listed company in 2004,
our Chief Executive Officer was not required to make this
certification.
|
|
Item 11. |
Executive Compensation |
The compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and the
only other executive officers who received compensation in
excess of $100,000 for services in all capacities to our company
and our subsidiaries during 2003 and 2004 (the Named
Executive Officers) is set forth below. We did not grant
any membership unit appreciation rights, stock appreciation
rights, restricted unit, restricted stock, long-term incentive
plan, or LTIP, awards to our executive officers during 2003 or
2004.
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long Term Compensation | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards | |
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation | |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Securities | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Annual | |
|
Underlying | |
|
All Other | |
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year | |
|
Salary | |
|
Bonus | |
|
Compensation(1) | |
|
Options | |
|
Compensation | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
S. Chandramohan
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ |
600,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
58,718 |
(2) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
288 |
(3) |
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,150 |
(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
(3) |
K. Suriyakumar
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,332 |
(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
(3) |
|
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,527 |
(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
(3) |
Mark W. Legg
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
196,667 |
|
|
|
490,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
1,280 |
(6) |
|
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
387,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,288 |
(7) |
Rahul K. Roy
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
360,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
3,018 |
(8) |
|
Chief Technology Officer |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
360,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,688 |
(9) |
|
|
(1) |
Certain perquisites and other personal benefits provided by us
to the Named Executive Officers are not included in the above
table as permitted by the SEC regulations because the aggregate
amount of such perquisites and other personal benefits for each
Named Executive Officer in each year reflected in the table did
not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the sum of such
officers salary and bonus in each respective year. |
|
(2) |
Includes $54,218 for automobile lease payments. |
|
(3) |
Consists of premiums for life insurance. |
|
(4) |
Includes $47,770 for automobile lease payments. |
48
|
|
(5) |
Consists of automobile lease payments. |
|
(6) |
Consists of $213 of premiums for life insurance and $1,067 paid
by us as the employer match under our 401(k) plan. |
|
(7) |
Consists of $288 of premiums for life insurance and $1,000 paid
by us as the employer match under our 401(k) plan. |
|
(8) |
Consists of $360 of premiums for life insurance and $2,658 paid
by us as the employer match under our 401(k) plan. |
|
(9) |
Consists of $288 of premiums for life insurance and $2,400 paid
by us as the employer match under our 401(k) plan. |
Option Grants During the Year Ended December 31, 2004
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
stock options granted to each Named Executive Officer during the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. None of such persons
received awards of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock
or LTIP awards during 2004.
Options/ SAR Grants In Last Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individual Grants | |
|
|
|
Potential Realizable | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Value at Assumed Annual | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
% of Total | |
|
|
|
Potential | |
|
Rates of Stock Price | |
|
|
Securities | |
|
Options | |
|
|
|
Realizable Value | |
|
Appreciation for | |
|
|
Underlying | |
|
Granted to | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
|
at Initial | |
|
Option Term(3) | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Employees in | |
|
Price per | |
|
Expiration | |
|
Offering Price of | |
|
| |
Name |
|
Granted | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Share | |
|
Date | |
|
$13.00/Share | |
|
5% | |
|
10% | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
S. Chandramohan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K. Suriyakumar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark W. Legg(1)
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
% |
|
$ |
5.6168 |
|
|
|
02/28/14 |
|
|
$ |
110,748 |
|
|
$ |
233,382 |
|
|
$ |
421,528 |
|
Rahul K. Roy(2)
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
32.8 |
|
|
|
5.8520 |
|
|
|
05/30/14 |
|
|
$ |
714,800 |
|
|
|
1,532,363 |
|
|
|
2,786,665 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Options vest as to 100% of the covered shares on
February 28, 2005. |
|
(2) |
Options vest as to 20% of the covered shares on each of the
first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of
April 30, 2004. |
|
(3) |
Realizable values are reported net of the option exercise price.
The dollar amounts under these columns are the result of
calculations at the 5% and 10% rates (determined from the
initial public offering price of $13.00 per share) set by
the SEC and, therefore, are not intended to forecast possible
future appreciation, if any, of our stock price. Actual gains,
if any, on stock option exercises are dependent on the future
performance of our common stock as well as the
optionholders continued employment through the vesting
period. The potential realizable value calculation assumes that
the optionholder waits until the end of the option term to
exercise the option. |
Aggregated Option Exercises During the Year Ended
December 31, 2004 and Value of Options Held at
December 31, 2004
The following table provides summary information concerning the
shares of common stock acquired in 2004, the value realized upon
exercise of stock options in 2004, and the year end number and
value of unexercised options with respect to each of the Named
Executive Officers as of December 31, 2004. The value was
calculated by determining the difference between the fair market
value of underlying securities and the
49
exercise price. The fair market value of our common stock at
December 31, 2004 was assumed to be the initial public
offering price of $13.00 per share.
Fiscal Year-End Option Values
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities | |
|
Value of Unexercised | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised | |
|
In-The-Money | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options at FY-End | |
|
Options at FY-End | |
|
|
Shares Acquired on | |
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
Name |
|
Exercise | |
|
Value Realized | |
|
Exercisable/Unexercisable | |
|
Exercisable/Unexercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
S. Chandramohan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K. Suriyakumar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark W. Legg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000/0 |
|
|
$ |
110,748/$0 |
|
Rahul K. Roy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
640,000/160,000 |
|
|
|
5,072,252/1,179,978 |
|
In December 2004, our board of directors agreed to issue
Mr. Roy shares of restricted common stock in the amount of
$1,000,000 upon his development of certain software
applications. In the event that such shares of restricted common
stock are granted, the shares will vest five years after the
date of grant, subject to Mr. Roys continued
employment. Effective December 2004, our board of directors also
agreed to accelerate the vesting of Mr. Roys options
to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock in
connection with his recent development of software applications
relating to our PlanWell and Abacus products.
Compensation of Directors
Except for reimbursement for reasonable travel expenses relating
to attendance at board meetings, employee directors are not
compensated for their services as directors. Directors who are
not our employees receive cash compensation for their services
as directors at a rate of $90,000 per year ($50,000 of
which will be payable through annual grants of nonstatutory
stock options under our 2005 Stock Plan). In addition, directors
who are not our employees will receive $5,000 per year for
duties as any committee chair. Directors who are our employees
are eligible to participate in our 2005 Stock Option Plan and
our 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Employment Agreements
We had an agreement with each of Mr. Chandramohan and
Mr. Suriyakumar that expired in December 2002. These
agreements provided that, at the closing of an acquisition, each
would be paid in cash a fee equal to one percent (1%) of the
aggregate consideration paid by us in connection with the
acquisition (including, without limitation, all interest bearing
obligations assumed, the deferred purchase price of property or
assets, all non-compete, consulting, employment or lease
arrangements and similar forms of consideration). For purposes
of these agreements with Messrs. Chandramohan and
Suriyakumar, acquisition was defined as an
acquisition by us of all or substantially all of the outstanding
capital stock or of all or substantially all of the assets and
business of any person, division or any similar business unit of
any person. Since the expiration of these agreements, we have
continued to pay Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar
acquisition bonuses in accordance with the agreements. These
payments have been discontinued effective as of the consummation
of our initial public offering.
We have entered into a 2004 Bonus Plan with Mr. Legg that
provides for the payment to Mr. Legg of (1) a bonus of
up to $300,000 based on the financial results for the twelve
months ended December 31, 2004 of three divisions specified
in the Bonus Plan (up to $100,000 bonus per division),
(2) a bonus of $100,000 for the repayment of no less than
$30,700,000 of bank debt by December 31, 2004 (subject to
increase for repayments of bank debt above this amount), and
(3) a bonus of $100,000 for the achievement of 100% of
divisional cash flow divided by divisional earnings before
depreciation and amortization for the year ended
December 31, 2004 (subject to increases of $25,000 for each
percentage point over 100%). Under the Bonus Plan, Mr. Legg
is not eligible to receive any of the bonus payments described
above if our EBIT margin is equal to or less than 10% for the
year ended December 31, 2004. In that situation, our CEO
will determine the appropriate bonus based upon his evaluation
of Mr. Leggs performance. In accordance with the 2004
Bonus
50
Plan, $210,000 of the bonus was paid in advance on July 31,
2004, and the balance was paid on February 15, 2005.
We have entered into an Agreement to Grant Stock with
Rahul K. Roy, our Chief Technology Officer, that became
effective December 7, 2004. The Agreement to Grant Stock
provides that we will issue Mr. Roy shares of restricted
common stock having a market value at the time of the grant of
$1,000,000 upon his development of certain software
applications. The Agreement to Grant Stock with Mr. Roy
provides that in the event the shares of restricted common stock
are granted, the shares will vest five years after the date of
grant, subject to Mr. Roys continued employment.
We have entered into employment agreements with each of the
Named Executive Officers that became effective February 3,
2005. Each employment agreement provides for a three-year term
which automatically renews for additional one-year terms subject
to the provisions thereof.
The employment agreements with Messrs. Chandramohan and
Suriyakumar provide for an annual base salary of $650,000. Each
of Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar may also earn an
annual bonus equal to $60,000 for each full percentage point by
which our earnings per share for a fiscal year exceed by more
than 10% our earnings per share for the previous year. The
employment agreement with Mr. Legg provides for an annual
base salary of $250,000. The employment agreement with
Mr. Roy provides for an annual base salary of $400,000.
Each of Messrs. Legg and Roy may also earn an annual bonus
of up to $250,000 and $300,000, respectively, under performance
criteria which is recommended annually by the CEO, endorsed by
the Compensation Committee and ratified by the Board. Each of
the employment agreements provide for standard employee benefits.
We may terminate the employment of any executive with or without
cause and an executive may terminate his employment with or
without good reason, as those terms are defined in the
agreements. If we terminate the employment of an executive other
than for cause or disability, or the executive terminates his
employment for good reason, his medical benefits will continue
and he will receive as severance benefits his base salary paid
in periodic installments over the remaining term of the
agreement, and all stock options or other equity awards will
immediately vest. The executive will receive no severance or
medical benefits if we terminate his employment for cause or if
he terminates his employment for other than good reason.
The severance payments and benefits described above are only
payable if the executive executes and delivers to us an
agreement releasing us and our related parties for all claims
and liabilities that the executive may have against us and our
related parties.
Each executive has agreed to confidentiality, non-solicitation
and non-competition provisions in his respective employment
agreement.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
Prior to our reorganization to a Delaware corporation, we were
governed under the direction of a board of advisors, consisting
of Messrs. Chandramohan, Suriyakumar, Code, Formolo and
Marcus J. George, a managing director of CHS. During 2004, our
entire board of advisors determined executive compensation. We
did not have a compensation committee apart from the board of
advisors. During 2004, Mr. Chandramohan served as our Chief
Executive Officer and Mr. Suriyakumar served as our
President and Chief Operating Officer.
Messrs. Code and Formolo, both members of our board of
directors, are affiliated with CHS Management IV LP. We
were a party to a management agreement with CHS
Management IV LP, pursuant to which CHS Management IV
LP provided certain consulting services to us. The management
agreement terminated upon the consummation of our initial public
offering.
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar, both members of our
board of directors, are affiliated with Sumo Holdings LA, LLC,
Sumo Holdings San Jose, LLC, Sumo Holdings Irvine, LLC,
Sumo Holdings Sacramento, LLC, Sumo Holdings Maryland, LLC, and
Sumo Holdings Costa Mesa, LLC, each of which are parties to
various real property leases with our subsidiaries relating to
our facilities.
51
For a further description of the transactions between the
members of our board of directors, their affiliates and us, see
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.
|
|
Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Our current equity compensation plan is the American
Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan, or 2005 Stock Plan, which
was adopted in October 2004 and approved by our Stockholders in
February 2005. In connection with our reorganization immediately
prior to our initial public offering, all outstanding options
under our American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. Unit Option
Plan II, or Unit Plan, were cancelled in exchange for an
option under our 2005 Stock Plan exercisable for shares of our
common stock equal to the number of units subject to the
Holdings option and with the same exercise price and vesting
terms as the Holdings option. The 2005 Stock Plan is the only
plan ARC currently uses to make stock compensation awards.
The following table sets forth information as of
December 31, 2004 regarding all compensation plans
previously approved by our security holders and all
compensations plans not previously approved by our security
holders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | |
|
(b) | |
|
(c) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining Available for | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future Issuance under | |
|
|
Number of Securities to | |
|
Weighted-Average | |
|
Equity Compensation | |
|
|
be Issued upon Exercise | |
|
Exercise Price of | |
|
Plans (Excluding | |
|
|
of Outstanding Options, | |
|
Outstanding Options, | |
|
Securities Reflected in | |
Plan Category |
|
Warrants and Rights(1) | |
|
Warrants and Rights | |
|
Column (a)) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
|
|
|
1,690,415 |
|
|
$ |
5.22 |
|
|
|
22,500 |
(2) |
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
Total
|
|
|
1,690,415 |
|
|
$ |
5.22 |
|
|
|
22,500 |
(2) |
|
|
(1) |
Represents 1,690,415 outstanding options granted under the Unit
Plan to acquire common units in Holdings. Upon completion of our
initial public offering, members of Holdings exchanged their
outstanding options granted under the Unit Plan for options
under our 2005 Stock Plan. At that time, the Unit Plan was
terminated. |
|
(2) |
Upon completion of our initial public offering in February 2005,
the Unit Plan was terminated and therefore no securities
currently remain available for future issuance under the Unit
Plan. Prior to our initial public offering, our stockholders
approved the 2005 Stock Plan, which provides for the issuance of
options to acquire 5,000,000 shares of our common stock.
Although 22,500 options remained available for future issuance
under the Unit Plan as of December 31, 2004, the 2005 Stock
Plan is the only plan ARC currently uses to make stock
compensation awards. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management
The following table sets forth information, as of March 2,
2005, regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person who is known to us to own beneficially more than 5%
of our common stock; |
|
|
|
each of our directors and each of our Named Executive Officers;
and |
|
|
|
all directors and Named Executive Officers as a group. |
52
The table includes all shares of common stock issuable within
60 days of March 2, 2005 upon the exercise of options
and other rights beneficially owned by the indicated
stockholders on that date. Beneficial ownership is determined in
accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting and
investment power with respect to shares. The applicable
percentage of ownership for each stockholder is based on
43,931,154 shares of common stock outstanding as of
March 2, 2005, together with applicable options for that
stockholder. Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options and other rights beneficially owned were deemed
outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage
ownership of the person holding these options and other rights,
but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage
ownership of any other person. To our knowledge, except under
applicable community property laws or as otherwise indicated in
the footnotes to this table, beneficial ownership is direct and
the persons named in the table below have sole voting and sole
investment control regarding all shares beneficially owned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially | |
|
|
Owned | |
|
|
| |
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner |
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Principal Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C.(1)
|
|
|
11,042,194 |
|
|
|
25.1 |
% |
|
10 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 3175
Chicago, IL 60606 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Micro Device, Inc.
|
|
|
6,630,442 |
|
|
|
15.1 |
% |
Billy E. Thomas(2)(3)
|
|
|
4,741,610 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
% |
|
600 North Central Expressway
Richardson, TX 75080 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OCB Reprographics, Inc.
|
|
|
4,332,882 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
% |
|
17721 Mitchell North
Irvine, CA 92714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)
|
|
|
13,877,269 |
|
|
|
31.6 |
% |
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)
|
|
|
13,845,929 |
|
|
|
31.5 |
% |
|
1981 N. Broadway, Suite 202
Walnut Creek, CA 94596 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Andrew W. Code(8)
|
|
|
11,086,577 |
|
|
|
25.2 |
% |
Thomas J. Formolo(8)
|
|
|
11,068,327 |
|
|
|
25.2 |
% |
Edward D. Horowitz
|
|
|
8,000 |
|
|
|
** |
|
Mark W. Legg(9)
|
|
|
340,682 |
|
|
|
** |
|
Mark W. Mealy(10)
|
|
|
70,000 |
|
|
|
** |
|
Manuel Perez de la Mesa(11)
|
|
|
45,500 |
|
|
|
** |
|
Rahul K. Roy(12)
|
|
|
654,819 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
% |
All directors and Named Executive Officers as a group
(nine persons)
|
|
|
26,205,460 |
|
|
|
58.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
* |
Except as otherwise noted, the address of each person listed in
the table is c/o American Reprographics Company, 700 North
Central Avenue, Suite 550, Glendale, California 91203. |
|
|
|
|
** |
Less than one percent of the outstanding shares of common stock. |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The sole member of ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C. is Code
Hennessey & Simmons IV LP. The general partner of
Code Hennessy & Simmons IV LP is CHS
Management IV LP. The general partner of CHS
Management IV LP is Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC.
Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC, CHS Management IV LP
and Code Hennessy & Simmons IV LP may be deemed to
beneficially own these shares, but disclaim beneficial ownership
of shares in which they do not have a pecuniary interest. The
investment committee of Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC is
composed of Andrew W. Code, Daniel J. Hennessy, Brian P.
Simmons, Thomas J. Formolo, Jon S. Vesely and Peter M. Gotsch.
Messrs. Code, Hennessy, Simmons, Formolo, Vesely and Gotsch
may be deemed to beneficially own these shares due |
53
|
|
|
|
|
to the fact that they share investment and voting control over
shares held by ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., but disclaim
beneficial ownership of shares in which they do not have a
pecuniary interest. |
|
|
(2) |
Includes 4,332,882 shares held by OCB Reprographics, Inc.
As Messrs. Chandramohan, Suriyakumar and Thomas have
ownership interests of 22.4%, 17.6% and 40%, respectively, in
OCB Reprographics, Inc. and serve on its board of directors,
each could be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all these
shares. Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar each disclaim
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of
each of their pecuniary interests therein. |
|
|
(3) |
Includes 408,728 shares held by Color Expressions of
California, Inc. As Messrs. Chandramohan, Suriyakumar and
Thomas have ownership interests of 24.8%, 19.5% and 26.7%,
respectively, in Color Expressions of California, Inc. and serve
on its board of directors, each could be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of all these shares.
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar each disclaim
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of
each of their pecuniary interests therein. |
|
|
(4) |
Includes 6,630,442 shares held by Micro-Device, Inc. As
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar have ownership
interests of 56% and 44%, respectively, in Micro-Device, Inc.
and serve on its board of directors, each could be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all these shares.
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar each disclaim
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of
each of their pecuniary interests therein. |
|
|
(5) |
Includes 1,553,982 shares held by Brownies Blueprint, Inc.
As Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar have ownership
interests of 42% and 33%, respectively, in Brownies Blueprint,
Inc. and serve on its board of directors, each could be deemed
to have beneficial ownership of all these shares.
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar each disclaim
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of
each of their pecuniary interests therein. |
|
|
(6) |
Includes 805,282 shares held by Dietrich-Post Company. As
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar have ownership
interests of 47.6% and 37.4%, respectively, in Dietrich-Post
Company and serve on its board of directors, each could be
deemed to have beneficial ownership of all these shares.
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar each disclaim
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of
each of their pecuniary interests therein. |
|
|
(7) |
Includes 114,613 shares held by the Suriyakumar Family
Trust. Mr. Suriyakumar and his spouse, as trustees of the
Suriyakumar Family Trust, share voting and investment power over
these shares. |
|
|
(8) |
Includes 11,042,194 shares held by ARC Acquisition Co.,
L.L.C. and 18,133 shares held by CHS Associates IV. Andrew
W. Code and Thomas J. Formolo are members of the investment
committee of Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC, the general
partner of CHS Management IV LP, which in turn is the
general partner of Code Hennessy & Simmons IV LP,
which is the sole member of ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C. Code
Hennessy & Simmons LLC is also the general partner of
CHS Associates IV. Messrs. Code and Formolo may be deemed
to beneficially own the shares owned by ARC Acquisition Co.,
L.L.C. and CHS Associates IV, but disclaim beneficial ownership
of shares in which they do not have a pecuniary interest. |
|
|
(9) |
Includes 15,000 shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of
March 2, 2005. Shares held by the Legg Family Trust.
Mr. Legg and his spouse, as trustees of the Legg Family
Trust, share voting and investment power over these shares. |
|
|
(10) |
Includes 35,000 shares held by Eastover Group LLC.
Mr. Mealy has a 100% ownership interest in Eastover Group
LLC and has sole voting and investment power over these shares. |
|
(11) |
Includes 25,500 shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of
March 2, 2005. Includes 6,000 shares held by
Mr. Perezs children. |
|
(12) |
Includes 640,000 shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of
March 2, 2005. |
54
|
|
Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions |
Certain of our directors, executive officers, 5% beneficial
owners and their affiliates have engaged in transactions with us
in the ordinary course of business. We believe these
transactions involved terms comparable to terms that would be
obtained from an unaffiliated third party at the times the
transactions were consummated. The following is a description of
these transactions since the beginning of our last fiscal year.
Related Party Leases and Purchases
We are party to certain leases with entities owned by
Mr. Chandramohan and Mr. Suriyakumar for our
facilities located in Los Angeles, California, San Jose,
California, Irvine, California, Sacramento, California, Oakland,
California, Gaithersburg, Maryland, and Costa Mesa, California.
Under these leases, we paid these entities rent in the aggregate
amount of approximately $1,494,980 in 2004. We are also
obligated to reimburse these entities for certain real property
taxes and assessments. These leases expire between January 2006
and December 2013.
We sell certain products and services to Thomas Reprographics,
Inc., and Albinson Inc., each of which is owned or controlled by
Billy E. Thomas, who beneficially owns more than 5% of our
common equity. These companies purchased products and services
from us of approximately $64,000 during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2004.
Management Agreement
We were party to a management agreement with CHS
Management IV LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
Messrs. Code and Formolo, both members of our board of
directors, have a direct beneficial ownership in CHS
Management IV LP. Under the management agreement, we paid
CHS Management IV LP a management fee of $835,000 in 2004.
The annual management fee was subject to an annual increase
based on our financial results but could not exceed $1,000,000
annually. The management fee was in consideration of CHS
Management IV LP providing ongoing consulting and
management advisory services to us. This management agreement
was terminated upon the completion of our initial public
offering.
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each
director which provide indemnification under certain
circumstances for acts and omissions that may not be covered by
any directors and officers liability insurance. The
indemnification agreements may require us, among other things,
to indemnify our officers and directors against certain
liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service
as officers and directors (other than liabilities arising from
willful misconduct of a culpable nature), to advance their
expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as
to which they could be indemnified, and to obtain officers
and directors insurance if available on reasonable terms.
Registration Rights Agreement
We have entered into a registration rights agreement with
Messrs. Chandramohan and Suriyakumar and certain other
holders of our common stock and holders of warrants to purchase
our common stock, including entities affiliated with certain of
our directors. The holders of 21,066,014 shares of common
stock are entitled to certain rights with respect to the
registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These
registration rights are described below.
Demand Registrations. At any time following six
months after the closing of our initial public offering, the
holders of a majority of the registrable securities held by ARC
Acquisition Co., L.L.C. and the holders of a majority of the
registrable securities held by Messrs. Chandramohan and
Suriyakumar (or entities in which they control a majority of the
voting shares) shall each be entitled (as a group) to request up
to two registrations on Form S-1 or similar long-form
registration statements, respectively, and two short-form
registrations on Form S-2, S-3 or any similar short-form
registration statements, respectively. The holders of a
55
majority of all other registrable securities under this
agreement are entitled to request one short-form registration.
Piggyback Rights. The holders of registrable
securities other than those originally requesting registration
pursuant to a demand registration can request to participate in,
or piggyback on, any demand registration.
Piggyback Registrations. If we propose to register
any of our equity securities under the Securities Act (other
than pursuant to a demand registration of registrable securities
or a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8) for us or
for holders of securities other than the registrable securities,
we will offer the holders of registrable securities the
opportunity to register their registrable securities.
Conditions and Limitations; Expenses. The
registration rights are subject to conditions and limitations,
including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of
shares to be included in a registration and our right to delay
or withdraw a registration statement under specified
circumstances. We will pay the registration expenses of the
holders of registrable securities in demand registrations and
piggyback registrations in connection with the registration
rights agreement.
Investor Unitholders Agreement
Holdings previously entered into an Investor Unitholders
Agreement with ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C. and certain other
parties that hold warrants to purchase Holdings common units.
Under this agreement, subject to certain exceptions,
(i) Holdings had a right of first refusal in connection
with a transfer of units acquired by the warrant holders,
(ii) the warrant holders had a right to participate in
transfers of units by ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C.,
(iii) ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C. had limited preemptive
rights in connection with an issuance of units by Holdings to
the warrant holders and the warrant holders had limited
preemptive rights in connection with an issuance of units by
Holdings to ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., (iv) the warrant
holders had the right to receive certain financial information
from Holdings, and (v) the warrant holders had certain
property inspection rights. The Investor Unitholders Agreement
terminated upon the consummation of our initial public offering.
|
|
Item 14. |
Principal Accounting Fees and Services |
Audit Fees
The aggregate fees billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our
independent registered public accounting firm, for professional
services rendered for the audit of our annual consolidated
financial statements included in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2004 and
2003 amounted to approximately $678,000 (including approximately
$463,000 of fees for the audit of our consolidated financial
statements as of and for the nine months ended
September 30, 2004 ) and $411,000, respectively.
Audit-Related Fees
The aggregate fees billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for
assurance and other services reasonably related to the
performance of the audit or review of our financial statements
(other than those described above under Audit Fees)
for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 amounted to
$981,000 and $29,000, respectively. Such services during 2004
consisted of fees in connection with our initial public
offering, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Retrospective reviews of our consolidated financial statements
during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003
|
|
$ |
172,000 |
|
Review of registration statement on Form S-1 and related
matters
|
|
|
809,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
981,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
56
Tax Fees
The aggregate fees billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for
professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice
and tax planning for the years ended December 31, 2004 and
2003 amounted to approximately $63,000 and $0, respectively.
Such services consisted of consultations on tax planning and
compliance matters.
All Other Fees
There were no other fees billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
for services other than those described above under Audit
Fees, Audit-Related Fees and Tax
Fees for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
Audit and Compliance Committee Pre-Approval Policies and
Procedures
The Audit Committee has adopted a Pre-approval Policy governing
the engagement of the Companys independent registered
public accounting firm for all audit and non-audit services. The
Audit Committees Pre-approval Policy provides that the
Audit Committee must pre-approve all audit services and
non-audit services to be performed for the Company by its
independent registered public accounting firm prior to their
engagement for such services. The Audit Committee Pre-approval
Policy establishes pre-approved categories of certain non-audit
services that may be performed by the Companys independent
registered public accounting firm during the fiscal year,
subject to dollar limitations that may be set by the Audit
Committee. Pre-approved services include certain audit related
services, tax services and various non-audit related services.
The term of any pre-approval is 12 months from the date of
pre-approval, unless the Audit Committee specifically provides
for a different period. The Audit Committee may delegate
pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. The
member(s) to whom such authority is delegated must report any
pre-approval decisions to the Audit Committee at its next
meeting. Services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP during
2004 were approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with the
pre-approval procedures described above.
Under Company policy and/or applicable rules and regulations,
the independent registered public accounting firm is prohibited
from providing the following types of services to the Company:
(1) bookkeeping or other services related to the
Companys accounting records or financial statements,
(2) financial information systems design and
implementation, (3) appraisal or valuation services,
fairness opinions or contribution-in-kind reports,
(4) actuarial services, (5) internal audit outsourcing
services, (6) management functions, (7) human
resources, (8) broker-dealer, investment advisor or
investment banking services, and (9) legal services.
PART IV
|
|
Item 15. |
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules |
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) Financial Statements
|
|
|
The following consolidated financial statements are filed as
part of this report at pages F-1 through F-32: |
|
|
|
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms |
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 |
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 |
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Members Deficit and
Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2002,
2003 and 2004 |
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 |
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
57
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
|
The following consolidated financial statement schedule for each
of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2004 is filed as part of this report at
page F-33: |
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003
and 2004 |
|
|
All other schedules have been omitted as the required
information is not present or is not present in amounts
sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the
information required is included in the consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto. |
(3) Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this report.
Index to Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
3 |
.1 |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed
February 2, 2005.* |
|
|
3 |
.2 |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws, adopted by Board February 2,
2005.* |
|
|
4 |
.1 |
|
Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on Form S-1/A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on
January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.1 |
|
Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 18,
2003, among American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., certain subsidiaries of American
Reprographics Company, as guarantors, and the lenders named
therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.2 |
|
Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of
December 18, 2003, among American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C., American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., certain
subsidiaries of American Reprographics Company, as guarantors,
and the lenders named therein (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as
filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.3 |
|
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2003,
between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and General
Electric Capital Corporation and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners
L.P., as collateral agents (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.4 |
|
2004 Bonus Plan, dated March 24, 2004, between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Legg (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.5 |
|
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. Unit Option
Plan II, adopted effective as of January 1, 2001
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.6 |
|
Amendment No. 1 dated as of July 1, 2003 to American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. Unit Option Plan II
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.7 |
|
American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.8 |
|
Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2005 Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
58
|
|
|
|
|
Number | |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.9 |
|
American Reprographics Company 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.10 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated November 19, 1997, between American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (formerly Ford Graphics Group,
L.L.C.) and Sumo Holdings LA, LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.11 |
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C.
and Sumo Holdings San Jose, LLC (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.12 |
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C.
and Sumo Holdings Irvine, LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.13 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 1997, between American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and Sumo Holdings Sacramento, LLC
(Oakland Property) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.14 |
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C.
(formerly Ford Graphics Group, L.L.C.) and Sumo Holdings
Sacramento, LLC (Sacramento Property) (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.15 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated December 7, 1995, between
Leet-Melbrook, Inc. and Sumo Holdings Maryland, LLC (as
successor lessor) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.16 |
|
Lease Agreement, dated September 23, 2003, between American
Reprographics Company (dba Consolidated Reprographics) and
Sumo Holdings Costa Mesa, LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.17 |
|
Management Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, between
American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and CHS
Management IV LP (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.18 |
|
Termination Agreement to Management Agreement, dated
November 29, 2004, between American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C. and CHS Management IV LP (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1/ A(Reg. No. 333-119788), as
amended on December 6, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.19 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, among
American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., American Reprographics
Holdings, L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C.,
Mr. Chandramohan, Mr. Suriyakumar, Micro Device, Inc.,
Dietrich-Post Company, ZS Ford L.P., and ZS Ford L.L.C.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.20 |
|
Investor Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 10,
2000, among American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., ARC
Acquisition Co., L.L.C., Mr. Chandramohan,
Mr. Suriyakumar, GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and GS
Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
59
|
|
|
|
|
Number | |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.21 |
|
First Amendment to Investor Registration Rights Agreement, among
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., American Reprographics
Company, ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., CHS Associates IV,
Ms. Paige Walsh, Mr. Chandramohan,
Mr. Suriyakumar, GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS
Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P., Stone Street
Fund 2000, L.P. and Bridge Street Special Opportunities
Fund, 2000, L.P. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1/A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as
amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.22 |
|
Warrant Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, between American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. and each of GS Mezzanine
Partners II, L.P. and GS Mezzanine Partners II
Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22
to the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.23 |
|
First Amendment to Warrant Agreement, dated September 8,
2000, between American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. and each
of GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and GS Mezzanine
Partners II Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.24 |
|
Investor Unitholders Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, among
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co.,
L.L.C., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and GS Mezzanine
Partners II Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.25 |
|
Termination Agreement of Investor Unitholders Agreement, dated
November 29, 2004, among American Reprographics Holdings,
L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., GS Mezzanine
Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore,
L.P., Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P. and Bridge Street
Special Opportunities Fund, 2000, L.P. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.26 |
|
Forms of Restricted Stock Award Agreements under 2005 Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1/A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.27 |
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2005 Stock
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1/A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6, 2004). |
|
|
10 |
.28 |
|
Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement under 2005 Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1/A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.29 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Sathiyamurthy
Chandramohan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1/A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.30 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam
Suriyakumar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1/A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.31 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Mark W. Legg
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1/A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.32 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Rahul K. Roy
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1/A
(Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
10 |
.33 |
|
First Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 11, 2004.* |
|
|
10 |
.34 |
|
Second Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of
February 4, 2005.* |
|
|
10 |
.35 |
|
First Amendment to the Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of
February 4, 2005.* |
60
|
|
|
|
|
Number | |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.36 |
|
Agreement to Grant Stock dated effective December 7 2004,
between American Reprographics Company and Rahul K. Roy.* |
|
|
10 |
.37 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Sathiyamurthy
Chandramohan.* |
|
|
10 |
.38 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Andrew W. Code.* |
|
|
10 |
.39 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Thomas J. Formolo.* |
|
|
10 |
.40 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of October 7, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Mark W. Legg.* |
|
|
10 |
.41 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Manuel Perez de la
Mesa.* |
|
|
10 |
.42 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of January 11, 2005
between American Reprographics Company and Edward D. Horowitz.* |
|
|
10 |
.43 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of March 3, 2005 between
American Reprographics Company and Mark W. Mealy.* |
|
|
10 |
.44 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Kumarakulasingam
Suriyakumar.* |
|
|
10 |
.45 |
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of October 7, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Rahul K. Roy.* |
|
|
14 |
.1 |
|
Code of Conduct.* |
|
|
16 |
.1 |
|
Letter from Ernst & Young LLP regarding Change in
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated
October 15, 2004 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 16.1 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
21 |
.1 |
|
List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed
on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
23 |
.1 |
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm.* |
|
|
23 |
.2 |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm.* |
|
|
24 |
.1 |
|
Power of Attorney (included on page 62).* |
|
|
31 |
.1 |
|
Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.* |
|
|
31 |
.2 |
|
Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.* |
|
|
32 |
.1 |
|
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.* |
61
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ SATHIYAMURTHY CHANDRAMOHAN |
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors and |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Date: March 30, 2005
Power of Attorney
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints, jointly
and severally, Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan, Kumarakulasingam
Suriyakumar, and Mark W. Legg, and each of them, as his
attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for him in
any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, if any, and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and
confirming his signatures as they may be signed by said attorney
to any and all amendments to said Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities
indicated on March 30, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
/s/ SATHIYAMURTHY CHANDRAMOHAN
Sathiyamurthy
Chandramohan |
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
/s/ KUMARAKULASINGAM SURIYAKUMAR
Kumarakulasingam
Suriyakumar |
|
President, Chief Operating Officer, and Director |
|
/s/ MARK W. LEGG
Mark
W. Legg |
|
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
|
/s/ ANDREW W. CODE
Andrew
W. Code |
|
Director |
|
/s/ THOMAS J. FORMOLO
Thomas
J. Formolo |
|
Director |
|
/s/ EDWARD D. HOROWITZ
Edward
D. Horowitz |
|
Director |
|
/s/ MANUEL PEREZ DE LA MESA
Manuel
Perez de la Mesa |
|
Director |
|
/s/ MARK W. MEALY
Mark
W. Mealy |
|
Director |
62
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
F-8 |
Financial Statement Schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-33 |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Advisors and Members
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C.:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in
the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of American Reprographics Holdings,
L.L.C. and its subsidiaries (the Company) at
December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the years then ended,
respectively, in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our
opinion, the financial statement schedule for the year ended
December 31, 2003 and 2004 listed in the accompanying index
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set
forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. These financial statements
and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of
the Companys management; our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements and the financial
statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits
of these statements in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
Also, as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for its
redeemable preferred members equity upon the adoption of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 150
effective July 1, 2003.
|
|
|
/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP |
Los Angeles, California
March 25, 2005
F-2
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Advisors and Members
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of
operations, members equity (deficit), and cash flows of
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. for the year ended
December 31, 2002. Our audit also included the financial
statement schedule listed in the index at Item 15(2) for
the year ended December 31, 2002. These financial
statements and schedule are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our
audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
consolidated results of operations and cash flows of American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. for the year ended
December 31, 2002, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the
related financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set
forth therein.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for
goodwill and other intangible assets in 2002 upon the adoption
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142.
Woodland Hills, California
February 28, 2003
F-3
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
ASSETS |
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
17,315 |
|
|
$ |
13,826 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $2,790 and $3,053 at
December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively
|
|
|
56,663 |
|
|
|
61,679 |
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
5,937 |
|
|
|
6,012 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
5,661 |
|
|
|
9,219 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
85,576 |
|
|
|
90,736 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
37,268 |
|
|
|
35,023 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
229,059 |
|
|
|
231,357 |
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
12,647 |
|
|
|
12,095 |
|
Deferred financing costs, net
|
|
|
8,288 |
|
|
|
6,619 |
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,878 |
|
|
|
1,504 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
374,716 |
|
|
$ |
377,334 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS DEFICIT |
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$ |
18,742 |
|
|
$ |
21,170 |
|
|
Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses
|
|
|
9,906 |
|
|
|
11,683 |
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
14,996 |
|
|
|
25,220 |
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases
|
|
|
25,123 |
|
|
|
10,276 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
68,767 |
|
|
|
68,349 |
|
Long-term debt and capital leases, net of debt discount
|
|
|
334,217 |
|
|
|
310,557 |
|
Mandatorily redeemable preferred membership units
|
|
|
25,791 |
|
|
|
27,814 |
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
5,956 |
|
|
|
5,623 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
434,731 |
|
|
|
412,343 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common members capital, including warrants to purchase
common membership units 35,487,511 and 35,510,011
common membership units issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively
|
|
|
26,228 |
|
|
|
29,309 |
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,527 |
) |
|
Accumulated deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated distributions to members
|
|
|
(142,343 |
) |
|
|
(148,467 |
) |
|
|
Accumulated earnings
|
|
|
56,922 |
|
|
|
86,470 |
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(822 |
) |
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total members deficit
|
|
|
(60,015 |
) |
|
|
(35,009 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and members deficit
|
|
$ |
374,716 |
|
|
$ |
377,334 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per unit amounts) | |
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
324,402 |
|
|
$ |
315,995 |
|
|
$ |
333,305 |
|
Facilities management
|
|
|
52,290 |
|
|
|
59,311 |
|
|
|
72,360 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
42,232 |
|
|
|
40,654 |
|
|
|
38,199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
|
418,924 |
|
|
|
415,960 |
|
|
|
443,864 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
247,778 |
|
|
|
252,028 |
|
|
|
263,787 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
171,146 |
|
|
|
163,932 |
|
|
|
180,077 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
103,305 |
|
|
|
101,252 |
|
|
|
105,780 |
|
Provision for sales tax dispute settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,389 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
1,498 |
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
1,695 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
66,343 |
|
|
|
60,971 |
|
|
|
71,213 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
541 |
|
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
|
420 |
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(39,917 |
) |
|
|
(39,390 |
) |
|
|
(33,565 |
) |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,921 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
26,967 |
|
|
|
7,684 |
|
|
|
38,068 |
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
6,267 |
|
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
|
8,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
20,700 |
|
|
|
3,553 |
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
Dividends and amortization of discount on preferred
members equity
|
|
|
(3,291 |
) |
|
|
(1,730 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common members
|
|
$ |
17,409 |
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common members per common unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common member units outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
36,406,220 |
|
|
|
35,480,289 |
|
|
|
35,493,136 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
36,723,031 |
|
|
|
37,298,349 |
|
|
|
37,464,123 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS DEFICIT AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained Earnings | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Accumulated Deficit) | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Other | |
|
|
|
|
Common | |
|
Common | |
|
|
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
Comprehensive | |
|
|
|
|
Membership | |
|
Members | |
|
Deferred | |
|
Distributions to | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
Income | |
|
|
|
|
Units | |
|
Capital | |
|
Compensation | |
|
Members | |
|
Earnings | |
|
(Loss) | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Balance at December 31, 2001
|
|
|
35,467,511 |
|
|
$ |
26,117 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(135,794 |
) |
|
$ |
32,669 |
|
|
$ |
(1,947 |
) |
|
$ |
(78,955 |
) |
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,700 |
|
|
Reclassification to interest expense related to swap contract
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,113 |
|
|
|
1,113 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,813 |
|
Distributions to members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,897 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,897 |
) |
Accretion of noncash portion of yield on mandatorily redeemable
preferred membership units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,543 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,543 |
) |
Amortization of discount on mandatorily redeemable preferred
membership units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(325 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(325 |
) |
Redemption of common membership units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,825 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,825 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
|
35,467,511 |
|
|
|
26,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(139,734 |
) |
|
|
53,369 |
|
|
|
(834 |
) |
|
|
(61,082 |
) |
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,553 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,553 |
|
|
Reclassification to interest expense related to swap contract
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
Interest rate swap fair value adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(822 |
) |
|
|
(822 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,565 |
|
Issuance of common membership units
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111 |
|
Distributions to members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,670 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,670 |
) |
Accretion of noncash portion of yield on mandatorily redeemable
preferred membership units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(858 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(858 |
) |
Amortization of discount on mandatorily redeemable preferred
membership units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
35,487,511 |
|
|
|
26,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(142,343 |
) |
|
|
56,922 |
|
|
|
(822 |
) |
|
|
(60,015 |
) |
|
Deferred stock-based compensation charge for options issued to
employees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,074 |
|
|
|
(3,074 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
547 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
547 |
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
|
Fair value adjustment of derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,028 |
|
|
|
1,028 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,576 |
|
Issuance of common membership units
|
|
|
22,500 |
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
118 |
|
Write-off of notes receivable from members related to common
membership units issued in 1998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
Distributions to members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,124 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,124 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
35,510,011 |
|
|
$ |
29,309 |
|
|
$ |
(2,527 |
) |
|
$ |
(148,467 |
) |
|
$ |
86,470 |
|
|
$ |
206 |
|
|
$ |
(35,009 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) | |
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
20,700 |
|
|
$ |
3,553 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of yield on redeemable preferred member units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
949 |
|
|
|
2,023 |
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
816 |
|
|
|
1,698 |
|
|
|
1,281 |
|
|
Reserve for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
Reserve for sales tax liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,389 |
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
17,680 |
|
|
|
18,228 |
|
|
|
17,035 |
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
1,498 |
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
1,695 |
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
1,350 |
|
|
|
1,559 |
|
|
|
1,964 |
|
|
Noncash interest expense
|
|
|
9,740 |
|
|
|
8,565 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
454 |
|
|
|
1,622 |
|
|
|
867 |
|
|
Write-off of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-off of unamortized debt discount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,875 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-off of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,129 |
|
|
|
590 |
|
|
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
547 |
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of
business acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(1,395 |
) |
|
|
1,802 |
|
|
|
(5,780 |
) |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
718 |
|
|
|
1,034 |
|
|
|
386 |
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
2,058 |
|
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
(3,133 |
) |
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
2,659 |
|
|
|
(2,144 |
) |
|
|
12,357 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
56,413 |
|
|
|
48,237 |
|
|
|
60,858 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(5,209 |
) |
|
|
(4,992 |
) |
|
|
(5,898 |
) |
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and
including other cash payments associated with the acquisitions
|
|
|
(40,355 |
) |
|
|
(3,116 |
) |
|
|
(4,654 |
) |
Other
|
|
|
(354 |
) |
|
|
(228 |
) |
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(45,918 |
) |
|
|
(8,336 |
) |
|
|
(10,586 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from borrowings under debt agreements
|
|
|
32,000 |
|
|
|
337,750 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
Payments on long-term debt under debt agreements
|
|
|
(35,507 |
) |
|
|
(375,613 |
) |
|
|
(48,400 |
) |
Payment of loan fees
|
|
|
(950 |
) |
|
|
(8,159 |
) |
|
|
(355 |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of common membership units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
118 |
|
Member distributions and redemptions
|
|
|
(10,153 |
) |
|
|
(1,670 |
) |
|
|
(6,124 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(14,610 |
) |
|
|
(47,581 |
) |
|
|
(53,761 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(4,115 |
) |
|
|
(7,680 |
) |
|
|
(3,489 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
29,110 |
|
|
|
24,995 |
|
|
|
17,315 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$ |
24,995 |
|
|
$ |
17,315 |
|
|
$ |
13,826 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$ |
29,891 |
|
|
$ |
28,190 |
|
|
$ |
25,165 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
$ |
4,233 |
|
|
$ |
1,966 |
|
|
$ |
5,720 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash investing and financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash transactions include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of noncash portion of yield on preferred membership
units
|
|
$ |
1,543 |
|
|
$ |
858 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Amortization of discount on preferred membership units
|
|
$ |
325 |
|
|
$ |
81 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Accretion to redemption price of redeemable common membership
units
|
|
$ |
(1,825 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations incurred
|
|
$ |
5,685 |
|
|
$ |
4,443 |
|
|
$ |
7,413 |
|
|
Issuance of subordinated notes in connection with the
acquisition of businesses
|
|
$ |
316 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
915 |
|
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(822 |
) |
|
$ |
1,028 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-7
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except dollars per unit)
|
|
1. |
Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies |
American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. (the Company), formerly
known as Ford Graphics Holdings, LLC, is a California limited
liability company organized on October 24, 1997, and has a
finite life through December 31, 2047. The Company, through
its operating subsidiary, American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C., is a leading provider of digital reprographics services
and supplies to companies operating primarily in the
architecture, engineering, and construction industries
throughout the United States.
Prior to the consummation of the Companys initial public
offering on February 9, 2005, the Company was reorganized
(the Reorganization) from a California limited liability company
(American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C. or Holdings) to a
Delaware corporation (American Reprographics Company or ARC). In
connection with the Reorganization, the members of Holdings
exchanged their common units and options to purchase common
units for shares of common stock and options to purchase common
stock, respectively, of ARC. In addition, all outstanding
warrants to purchase common units of Holdings were exchanged for
shares of common stock of ARC. See Note 12
Initial Public Offering and Reorganization for
further details concerning the Reorganization.
|
|
|
Principles of Consolidation |
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned.
Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
Cash equivalents include demand deposits and short-term
investments with a maturity of three months or less when
purchased.
The Company maintains its cash deposits at numerous banks
located throughout the United States, which at times, may exceed
federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any
losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any
significant risk on cash and cash equivalents.
|
|
|
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant
Vendors |
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables
are limited due to a large, diverse customer base. No individual
customer represented more than 2% of net sales during the twelve
months ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.
The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of the
financial condition of its customers, monitors collections and
payments from customers, and generally does not require
collateral. Receivables are generally due within 30 days.
The Company provides for the possible inability to collect
accounts receivable by recording an allowance for doubtful
accounts. The Company writes off an account when it is
considered to be uncollectible. The Company estimates its
allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience,
aging of accounts receivable, and information regarding the
creditworthiness of its customers. To date, losses have been
within the range of managements expectations.
The Company contracts with various suppliers. Although there are
a limited number of suppliers that could supply the
Companys inventory, management believes any shortfalls
from existing suppliers would be absorbed from other suppliers
on comparable terms. However, a change in suppliers could cause
a delay in sales and adversely effect results.
F-8
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Purchases from the Companys three largest vendors during
the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 comprised
approximately 54%, 51%, and 54%, respectively, of the
Companys total purchases of inventory and supplies.
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (principally
determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market.
Inventories primarily consist of reprographics materials for use
and resale and equipment for resale. On an ongoing basis,
inventories are reviewed and written down for estimated
obsolescence or unmarketable inventories equal to the difference
between the cost of inventories and the estimated net realizable
value. Charges to increase inventory reserves are recorded as an
increase in cost of goods sold. Estimated inventory obsolescence
has been provided for in the financial statements and has been
within the range of managements expectations. As of
December 31, 2003 and 2004, the reserves for inventory
obsolescence amounted to $278 and $321, respectively.
Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated
using the straight-line method over their estimated useful
lives, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
10 - 20 years |
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
3 - 7 years |
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
3 - 7 years |
|
Assets acquired under capital lease arrangements are recorded at
the present value of the minimum lease payments and are
amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the
asset or term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Such
amortization expense is included in depreciation expense.
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line
method over the shorter of the lease terms or the useful lives
of the improvements. Expenses for repairs and maintenance are
charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and betterments
are capitalized. Gains or losses on the sale or disposal of
property and equipment are reflected in operating income.
The Company accounts for computer software costs developed for
internal use in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1
(SOP 98-1), Accounting for the Costs of Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use, which
requires companies to capitalize certain qualifying costs
incurred during the application development stage of the related
software development project. The primary use of this software
is for internal use and, accordingly, such capitalized software
development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over
the economic lives of the related products not to exceed three
years. The Companys machinery and equipment (see
Note 3) include $4,574 and $4,041 of capitalized software
development costs as of December 31, 2003 and 2004,
respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $2,519 and
$4,638 as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.
Depreciation expense includes the amortization of capitalized
software development costs which amounted to $377, $1,763 and
$2,120 during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and
2004, respectively.
In August 2002, the Company decided to license internally
developed software for use by third party reprographics
companies. In accordance with SOP 98-1, the Company applies
the net revenues from certain of its software licensing activity
to reduce the carrying amount of the capitalized software costs.
Software licensing revenues which have been offset against the
carrying amount of capitalized software costs amounted to $0,
$98 and $159 during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003
and 2004, respectively.
F-9
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets |
The Company periodically assesses potential impairments of its
long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-lived Assets. An impairment review is
performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable.
Factors considered by the Company include, but are not limited
to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical
or projected future operating results; significant changes in
the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the
overall business; and significant negative industry or economic
trends. When the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be
recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above
indicators of impairment, the Company estimates the future
undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the
asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected
future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less
than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company recognizes an
impairment loss. An impairment loss is reflected as the amount
by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value
of the asset, based on the fair market value if available, or
discounted cash flows, if not. To date, the Company has not
recognized an impairment charge related to the write-down of
long-lived assets.
|
|
|
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets |
Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which
requires, among other things, the use of a nonamortization
approach for purchased goodwill and certain intangibles. Under a
nonamortization approach, goodwill and intangibles having an
indefinite life are not amortized, but instead will be reviewed
for impairment at least annually or if an event occurs or
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired.
Events or circumstances which could indicate an impairment
include a significant change in the business climate, economic
and industry trends, legal factors, negative operating
performance indicators, significant competition, changes in
strategy or disposition of a reporting unit or a portion
thereof. Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the
reporting unit level.
SFAS 142 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment
using a two-step process. The first step of the goodwill
impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares
the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount,
including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit
exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is
not considered to be impaired and the second step of the
impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a
reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the
goodwill impairment test must be performed to measure the amount
of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill
impairment test compares the implied fair value of reporting
unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The
implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner
as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination.
If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds
the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is
recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment,
including the identification of reporting units, assignment of
assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of
goodwill to reporting units, and determination of the fair value
of each reporting unit. The fair value of each reporting unit is
estimated using a discounted cash flow methodology. This
requires significant judgments including estimation of future
cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation
of the long-term rate of growth of the Companys business,
the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and
determination of the Companys weighted average cost of
capital. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could
materially affect the determination of fair value and/or
goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.
In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company completed the
first step of the transitional goodwill impairment test during
May 2002 and the annual impairment test in September 2002 and
determined based on such tests that no impairment of goodwill
was indicated. The Company has selected September 30 as the
F-10
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
date on which it will perform its annual goodwill impairment
test. Based on the Companys valuation of goodwill, no
impairment charges related to the write-down of goodwill were
recognized for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and
2004.
Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill related to businesses
purchased was amortized on a straight-line basis over
40 years.
In connection with its acquisitions subsequent to July 1,
2001, the Company has applied the provisions of
SFAS No. 141 Business Combinations, using
the purchase method of accounting. The assets and liabilities
assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values. The excess
purchase price over those fair values was recorded as goodwill
and other intangible assets.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill from
December 31, 2003 through December 31, 2004 are
summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill | |
|
|
| |
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
$ |
229,059 |
|
Additions
|
|
|
2,298 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
231,357 |
|
|
|
|
|
The additions to goodwill include the excess purchase price over
fair value of net assets acquired, adjustments to acquisition
costs and certain earnout payments. See Note 2.
Other intangible assets that have finite useful lives are
amortized over their useful lives. An impaired asset is written
down to fair value. Intangible assets with finite useful lives
consist primarily of not-to-compete covenants, trade names, and
customer relationships and are amortized over the expected
period of benefit which ranges from two to twenty years using
the straight-line and accelerated methods. Customer
relationships are amortized under an accelerated method which
reflects the related customer attrition rates and trade names
are amortized using the straight-line method. At
December 31, 2003 and 2004, customer relationships and the
related accumulated amortization consist of $13,759 and $14,808,
and $2,785 and $4,297, respectively. Trade names and the related
accumulated amortization consist of $1,653 and $1,739, and $144
and $227 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.
Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years
ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 was $1,498, $1,709,
and $1,695, respectively.
The estimated future amortization expense of other intangible
assets as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$ |
1,570 |
|
2006
|
|
|
1,379 |
|
2007
|
|
|
1,223 |
|
2008
|
|
|
1,035 |
|
2009
|
|
|
955 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
5,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
12,095 |
|
|
|
|
|
Direct costs incurred in connection with indebtedness agreements
are capitalized as incurred and amortized on a straight line
basis over the term of the related indebtedness, which
approximates the effective interest method. At December 31,
2003 and 2004, the Company has deferred financing costs of
$8,288 and $6,619, respectively, net of accumulated amortization
of $47 and $2,072, respectively. As discussed further in
F-11
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 4, the Company wrote-off $6,318 of deferred financing
costs in 2003 as a result of the refinancing of the
Companys credit facilities in December 2003. Approximately
$1,189 of deferred financing costs written-off were incurred
during 2003. In addition, during 2004, the Company accelerated
the repayment of debt under its 2003 Senior Credit Facility as
discussed in Note 4. As a result, the Company wrote-off
$590 of deferred financing costs during 2004.
|
|
|
Derivative Financial Instruments |
In 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities (SFAS No. 133), and its related
amendments. As a result of the adoption of
SFAS No. 133, the Company recognizes all derivative
financial instruments, such as its interest rate swap contracts,
as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated financial
statements at fair value.
The accounting for changes in the fair value (i.e., unrealized
gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether
it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging
relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship.
Derivatives that are not hedges must be adjusted to fair value
through current earnings.
The Company enters into interest rate swaps to manage its
exposure to changes in interest rates. Interest rate swaps also
allow the Company to raise funds at floating rates and
effectively swap them into fixed rates. These agreements involve
the exchange of floating-rate for fixed-rate payments without
the exchange of the underlying principal amount.
During 2000, the Company entered into two interest rate swap
agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $117,500 which
changed the nature of the interest rate paid on a portion of its
long-term debt. Under the agreements, the Company paid fixed
rates of 6.44% and 6.73% and received a variable rate at the
lower of the Eurodollar rate or 7% on the notional amount. The
differential between the fixed and variable rates was settled
monthly and was recognized as an increase or decrease in
interest expense related to the debt. These agreements were
designed to hedge the variable portion of the interest rates on
the credit facilities up to the notional amount to the extent
the Eurodollar rate remained at 7% or lower. However, these
agreements did not qualify as hedges under
SFAS No. 133 and, therefore, the change in fair value
of these interest rate swap agreements has been recorded as
interest expense.
The adoption of SFAS No. 133 in 2001 resulted in an
adjustment for the cumulative effect of an accounting change of
$3,060 which was recognized as a charge to other comprehensive
income (loss) in the Companys consolidated statements of
members (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss) for
the year ended December 31, 2001. This charge was amortized
as interest expense related to the interest rate swap contract
in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations over
the term of the swap which expired in September 2003 using the
effective-interest method.
During 2002 and 2003, the Company recorded an interest benefit
of $1,636 and $3,954, respectively, based on the improvement in
the market value of the interest rate swap agreements as
compared to the prior year, net of $1,113 and $834,
respectively, of amortization of the original transition
adjustment. The agreements expired in September 2003.
In September 2003, the Company entered into a new interest rate
swap agreement with an initial notional amount of $111,160.
Under the terms of this swap agreement, the Company pays a fixed
rate of 2.29% and receives a variable rate on the notional
amount equal to the Eurodollar rate. The swap agreement provides
for a quarterly reduction of $1,863 in the notional amount of
the swap starting in October 2003 until July 2005, when the
notional amount of the swap will be reduced to $95,988 until its
expiration in September 2005. Because this swap agreement has
been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge under
SFAS No. 133, the Company has recorded the fair value
of this swap agreement in Accrued expenses in the
Companys consolidated balance sheet with a corresponding
adjustment to other comprehensive income (loss) as of and
F-12
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2004. This swap
agreement had a negative fair value of $822 and a positive fair
value of $386 as of December 31, 2003 and 2004,
respectively. The counterparty to this interest rate swap is a
financial institution with a high credit rating. Management does
not believe that there is a significant risk of nonperformance
by the counterparty. For the year ended December 31, 2003
and 2004, the Company determined that its interest rate swap
qualified as an effective hedge as defined by SFAS 133.
In January 2004, the Company entered into two interest rate
collar agreements, referred to as the front-end and the back-end
interest rate collar agreements. The front-end interest rate
collar agreement has an initial notional amount of $22,566 which
is increased quarterly to reflect reductions in the notional
amount of our interest rate swap agreement, such that the
notional amount of the swap agreement, together with the
notional amount of the front-end interest rate collar agreement,
remains not less than 40% of the aggregate principal amount
outstanding on our 2003 Senior Credit Facility. The front-end
interest rate collar agreement expires in September 2005. The
back-end interest rate collar agreement becomes effective upon
expiration of the swap agreement and front-end interest rate
collar agreement in September 2005 and has a fixed notional
amount of $111,000. The back-end interest rate collar agreement
expires in December 2006. At December 31, 2004, the fair
value of these interest rate collar agreements was $(180) and is
recorded in Other long-term liabilities in the
Companys consolidated balance sheet.
|
|
|
Adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard
No. 150 |
Effective July 1, 2003, the Company adopted
SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial
Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and
Equity. This statement establishes standards for
classifying and measuring as liabilities certain financial
instruments that embody obligations of the issuer and have
characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The scope of
this pronouncement includes mandatorily redeemable equity
instruments.
Upon the adoption of SFAS No. 150, the Companys
mandatorily redeemable preferred membership units (the Preferred
Units) of $25,791 and $27,814 as of December 31, 2003 and
2004, respectively, have been classified as long-term
liabilities in the Companys consolidated balance sheet as
they are redeemable at a fixed and determinable date (upon or
after the earlier of the occurrence of a qualified IPO or
April 10, 2010). Dividends and accretion related to the
Preferred Units, which previously had been recorded below net
income as a charge in determining net income available to common
members have been charged to interest expense in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations since adoption
of this standard on July 1, 2003 and amounted to $1,825 and
$3,878 during the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2004,
respectively. In accordance with SFAS No. 150,
dividends and accretion related to the mandatorily redeemable
preferred membership units recorded prior to July 1, 2003
have not been reclassified to interest expense. Prior to the
adoption of SFAS 150, dividends paid on the Preferred Units
were accounted for as a direct reduction to members
equity, and the Preferred Units were presented between
liabilities and members deficit in the Companys
consolidated balance sheet. As discussed in
Note 12 Initial Public Offering and
Reorganization, the Company redeemed all of the Preferred
Units on February 9, 2005 in connection with the
consummation of its initial public offering (IPO). The
redemption price amounted to $28,263 based on the Preferred
Units Liquidation Value at the IPO date.
|
|
|
Fair Values of Financial Instruments |
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company
in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments for
disclosure purposes:
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts
reported in the balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents
approximate their fair value due to the relatively short period
to maturity of these instruments. |
F-13
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
Short- and long-term debt (excluding the Holdings and Opco
Notes): The carrying amounts of the Companys
borrowings reported in the consolidated balance sheets
approximate their fair value based on the Companys current
incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing
arrangements or since the floating rates change with market
conditions. |
|
|
Interest rate swap and collar agreements: The fair
values of the interest rate swap and collar agreements, as
previously disclosed, are the amounts at which they could be
settled based on estimated market rates. |
The Company applies the provisions of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin
(SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements, which provides guidance on the recognition,
presentation and disclosure of revenue in financial statements
filed with the SEC. SAB No. 104 outlines the basic
criteria that must be met to recognize revenue and provides
guidance for disclosure related to revenue recognition policies.
In general, the Company recognizes revenue when
(i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
(ii) shipment of products has occurred or services have
been rendered, (iii) the sales price charged is fixed or
determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.
The Company recognizes revenues from reprographics and
facilities management services when services have been rendered
while revenues from the resale of reprographics supplies and
equipment are recognized upon shipment.
In addition, the Company has established contractual pricing for
certain large national customer accounts (Premier Accounts).
These contracts generally establish uniform pricing at all
branches for Premier Accounts. Revenues earned from the
Companys Premier Accounts are recognized in the same
manner as non-Premier Account revenues and the Company has no
additional performance obligations.
Included in revenues are fees charged to customers for shipping,
handling and delivery services. Such revenues amounted to
$20,500, $23,060 and $25,462 for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.
Revenues from software licensing activities are recognized over
the term of the license. Revenues from membership fees are
recognized over the term of the membership agreement. Revenues
from software licensing activities and membership revenues
comprise less than 1% of the Companys consolidated
revenues during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and
2004.
Management provides for returns, discounts and allowances based
on historic experience and adjusts such allowances as considered
necessary. To date, such provisions have been within the range
of managements expectations.
SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive
Income, establishes guidelines for the reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components in financial
statements. Comprehensive income generally represents all
changes in members equity (deficit), except those
resulting from investments by or distributions to members. The
Companys comprehensive income includes the change in fair
value of derivative instruments and is included in the
consolidated statement of members deficit and
comprehensive income.
|
|
|
Segment and Geographic Reporting |
The provisions of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures
about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,
require public companies to report financial and descriptive
information about their reportable operating segments. The
Company identifies reportable segments based on how management
internally evaluates
F-14
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
separate financial information, business activities and
management responsibility. On that basis and based on operating
segments that have similar economic characteristics, products
and services and class of customers which have been aggregated,
the Company operates as a single reportable business segment.
The Company recognizes revenues in geographic areas based on the
location to which the product was shipped or services have been
rendered. Operations outside the United States of America have
been immaterial to date.
The following summary presents the Companys revenues for
each of the Companys significant products and service
lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Reprographics services
|
|
$ |
324,169 |
|
|
$ |
315,227 |
|
|
$ |
332,004 |
|
Facilities management
|
|
|
52,290 |
|
|
|
59,311 |
|
|
|
72,360 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales
|
|
|
42,231 |
|
|
|
40,654 |
|
|
|
38,199 |
|
Software licenses and membership fees
|
|
|
234 |
|
|
|
768 |
|
|
|
1,301 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
418,924 |
|
|
$ |
415,960 |
|
|
$ |
443,864 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising and Shipping and Handling Costs |
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and approximated
$2,036, $1,807 and $2,239 during the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Shipping
and handling costs incurred by the Company are included in cost
of sales.
|
|
|
Accounting for Equity-Based Compensation |
The Company accounts for grants of options to purchase its
common membership units to key personnel in accordance with
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation. In December 2002, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) issued
SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation Transition and Disclosure,
effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002.
SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 to provide
alternative methods of transition to the fair value method of
accounting for stock-based employee compensation.
SFAS No. 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of
SFAS No. 123 to require disclosure in the summary of
significant accounting policies of the effects of an
entitys accounting policy with respect to stock-based
employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per
share in annual and interim financial statements.
SFAS No. 148 does not amend SFAS No. 123 to
require companies to account for their employee stock-based
awards using the fair value method. The disclosure provisions
are required, however, for all companies with stock-based
employee compensation, regardless of whether they utilize the
fair value method of accounting described in
SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic value method described
in Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees.
The Company has adopted the disclosure requirements of
SFAS No. 148 effective January 1, 2003. The
adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on
the Companys financial condition or operating results.
The Company accounts for grants of options to employees to
purchase its common membership units using the intrinsic value
method in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25 and
FIN No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions
Involving Stock Compensation. As permitted by
SFAS No. 123 and as amended by SFAS No. 148,
the Company has chosen to continue to account for such option
grants under APB Opinion No. 25 and provide the expanded
disclosures specified in SFAS No. 123, as amended by
SFAS No. 148.
F-15
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Had compensation cost for the Companys option grants been
determined based on their fair value at the grant date for
awards consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123,
the Companys net income attributable to common members and
earnings per common member unit for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 would have been decreased
to the adjusted pro forma amounts indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net income attributable to common members:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$ |
17,409 |
|
|
$ |
1,823 |
|
|
$ |
29,548 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost included in as reported
net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
547 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost that would have been
included in the determination of net income if the fair value
method had been applied
|
|
|
(204 |
) |
|
|
(225 |
) |
|
|
(727 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
$ |
17,205 |
|
|
$ |
1,598 |
|
|
$ |
29,368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per common member unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax
effects, included in as reported net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax
effects, that would have been included in the determination of
net income if the fair value method had been applied
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per common member unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax
effects, included in as reported net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
Equity-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax
effects, that would have been included in the determination of
net income if the fair value method had been applied
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of computing the pro forma disclosures required by
SFAS No. 123, the fair value of each option granted to
employees and directors is estimated using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and
2004: dividend yields of 0% for all periods; expected volatility
of 0%, 36% and 28.3%, respectively; risk-free interest rates of
3.5%, 2.6% and 2.9%, respectively; and expected lives of
4 years, 2 years and 2.5 years, respectively.
Prior to the one-year period preceding the anticipated initial
public offering, the Company used the minimum value method to
determine fair value of option grants.
The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use
in estimating the fair value of traded options, which do not
have vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In
addition, option valuation models require the input of highly
subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price
volatility. Because the Companys employee stock options
have characteristics significantly different from those of
traded options, and because changes in the subjective input
assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in
managements opinion, the existing models do not
necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value
of its employee stock options.
F-16
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
Research and development expenses |
Research and development activities relate to the development of
software primarily for internal use. Costs incurred for research
and development are comprised of a) amounts capitalized in
accordance with SOP 98-1 as discussed in Property and
Equipment in Note 1, and b) amounts which are
expensed as incurred. Cash outlays for research and development
which include both capitalized and expensed items amounted to
$2,709, $2,775, and $2,514 during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, of which $569, $874 and
$769 were expensed as incurred during 2002, 2003, and 2004,
respectively.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
|
|
|
Earnings Per Common Member Unit |
The Company accounts for earnings per common member unit in
accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per
Share. Basic earnings per common member unit is computed
by dividing net income attributable to common members by the
weighted-average number of common member units outstanding.
Diluted earnings per common member unit is computed similar to
basic earnings per unit except that the denominator is increased
to include the number of additional common member units that
would have been outstanding if the potential common member units
had been issued and if the additional common member units were
dilutive. Common member unit equivalents are excluded from the
computation if their effect is anti-dilutive. There are no
common member unit equivalents excluded for antidilutive effects
for the periods presented below. The Companys common
member unit equivalents consist of member unit options issued
under the Companys Equity Option Plan as well as warrants
to purchase common member units issued during 2000 to certain
creditors of the Company as discussed further in the long-term
debt section (Note 4).
Basic and diluted earnings per common unit were calculated using
the following units for the years ended December 31, 2002,
2003 and 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Weighted common member units outstanding basic
|
|
|
36,406,220 |
|
|
|
35,480,289 |
|
|
|
35,493,136 |
|
Effect of dilutive stock options
|
|
|
120,597 |
|
|
|
985,991 |
|
|
|
1,138,918 |
|
Effect of dilutive warrants
|
|
|
196,214 |
|
|
|
832,069 |
|
|
|
832,069 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common member units outstanding
diluted
|
|
|
36,723,031 |
|
|
|
37,298,349 |
|
|
|
37,464,123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Accounting Pronouncements |
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity
(SFAS 150). SFAS 150 requires issuers to classify as
liabilities (or assets in some circumstances) three classes of
freestanding financial instruments that embody obligations for
the issuer. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments
entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and is
otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period
beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company adopted
SFAS 150 on July 1, 2003, which resulted in
classifying mandatorily redeemable preferred membership units as
a liability in the balance sheet and related dividends and
accretion being
F-17
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
charged to interest expense in the statement of operations. See
Note 1, Adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard No. 150, to the consolidated financial statements
for more detail.
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs, an amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 43, Chapter 4.
SFAS No. 151 requires that abnormal amounts of idle
facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials
(spoilage) be recorded as current period charges and that
the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory be
based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.
SFAS No. 151 is effective for the Company on
January 1, 2006. The Company does not believe that the
adoption of SFAS No. 151 will have a material impact
on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment.
SFAS No. 123R addresses the accounting for share-based
payment transactions in which a company receives employee
services in exchange for either equity instruments of the
company or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the
companys equity instruments or that may be settled by the
issuance of such equity instruments. SFAS No. 123R
eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation
transactions using the intrinsic method that is currently used
and requires that such transactions be accounted for using a
fair value-based method and recognized as expense in the
consolidated statement of operations. The effective date of
SFAS No. 123R is for interim and annual periods
beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company is currently
assessing the provisions of SFAS No. 123R and its
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB
Opinion No. 29. SFAS No. 153 is based on
the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be
measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. APB
Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary
Transactions, provided an exception to its basic
measurement principle (fair value) for exchanges of similar
productive assets. Under APB Opinion No. 29, an exchange of
a productive asset for a similar productive asset was based on
the recorded amount of the asset relinquished.
SFAS No. 153 eliminates this exception and replaces it
with an exception of exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not
have commercial substance. The Company does not believe that the
adoption of SFAS No. 153 will have a material impact
on its consolidated financial statements.
The Company acquired a group of reprographics companies in
September 2000 (the Acquired Business). In connection with the
acquisition of the Acquired Business, the Company issued
1,161,290 common membership units of the Company (the Purchase
Consideration Units) to a former owner of the Acquired Business
valued at $6,000 based on managements estimate of the fair
value of such units at the date of issuance. The Company granted
the former owner of the Acquired Business an option (the Put
Option) to sell the Purchase Consideration Units back to the
Company for a price equal to the Net Equity Value, as defined,
of each Purchase Consideration Unit, payable in cash. In August
2002, the former owner exercised the Put Option. The Company
paid $6,256 in cash to the former owner in 2002 as consideration
for the redemption of the Purchase Consideration Units resulting
in a reduction of redeemable common members capital of $8,081
and an increase to accumulated earnings of $1,825.
During 2002, the Company acquired the capital stock or assets
and liabilities of eight reprographics companies in the United
States. The aggregate purchase price of such acquisitions,
including related acquisition costs, amounted to approximately
$34,404, for which the Company paid approximately $34,088 in
cash and issued $316 of notes payable to the former owners of
the acquired companies. In connection with the acquisition of a
reprographics company in 2002, the Company paid bonuses totaling
$1,500 to a group of management employees of the acquired
company. Such bonuses have been classified in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations as selling, general and
administrative expenses.
F-18
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
During 2003, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of
four reprographics companies in the United States. In addition,
the Company also acquired certain assets of a reprographics
company in bankruptcy. The aggregate purchase price of such
acquisitions, including related acquisition costs, amounted to
approximately $870, which the Company paid in cash.
During 2004, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of
six reprographics companies in the United States. The aggregate
purchase price of such acquisitions, including related
acquisition costs, amounted to approximately $3,740, for which
the Company paid $2,825 in cash and issued $915 of notes payable
to the former owners of the acquired companies.
The results of operations of the companies acquired during the
years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been
included in the consolidated financial statements from their
respective dates of acquisition. Such acquisitions were
accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and,
accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities
have been recorded at their estimated fair values at the dates
of acquisition. The excess purchase price over the net assets
acquired has been allocated to goodwill and other intangible
assets. For income tax purposes, $23,934, $217 and $1,912 of
goodwill resulting from acquisitions completed during the years
ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, are
amortized over a 15-year period.
The assets and liabilities of the entities acquired during each
period are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Purchase price
|
|
$ |
870 |
|
|
$ |
3,740 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
518 |
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
1,476 |
|
Inventories
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
550 |
|
Other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
2,693 |
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
576 |
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
316 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
1,761 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess purchase price over net tangible assets acquired
|
|
$ |
789 |
|
|
$ |
1,979 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
$ |
615 |
|
|
$ |
1,049 |
|
|
Trade names
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
844 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
789 |
|
|
$ |
1,979 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships and trade names acquired are amortized
over their estimated useful lives of thirteen and twenty years
using accelerated (based on customer attrition rates) and
straight-line methods, respectively.
F-19
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following summary presents the Companys unaudited
proforma results, as if the acquisitions had been completed at
the beginning of each year presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
448,645 |
|
|
$ |
430,130 |
|
|
$ |
450,906 |
|
Net income attributable to common members
|
|
$ |
18,866 |
|
|
$ |
2,286 |
|
|
$ |
29,813 |
|
Earnings per common member unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.52 |
|
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
$ |
0.84 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
$ |
0.80 |
|
The above proforma information is presented for comparative
purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what actually
would have occurred had the acquisitions been completed as of
the beginning of each period presented, nor are they necessarily
indicative of future consolidated results.
Certain acquisition agreements entered into by the Company
contain earnout agreements which provide for additional
consideration (Earnout Payments) to be paid if the acquired
entitys results of operations exceed certain targeted
levels measured on an annual basis generally from four to five
years after the acquisition. Targeted levels are generally set
above the historical experience of the acquired entity at the
time of acquisition. Earnout Payments are recorded as additional
purchase price and are to be paid annually in cash. Accrued
expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets include
$374 and $222 of Earnout Payments payable as of
December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, to former owners
of acquired companies based on the earnings of acquired
entities. The increase to goodwill as of December 31, 2003
and 2004 as a result of the accrued earnouts was $374, and $222,
respectively.
The earnout provisions generally contain limits on the amount of
Earnout Payments that may be payable over the term of the
agreement. The Companys estimate of the aggregate amount
of additional consideration that may be payable over the terms
of the earnout agreements subsequent to December 31, 2004
is approximately $1,266.
In accordance with FAS 141, the Company made certain
adjustments to goodwill as a result of changes to the purchase
price of acquired entities, during the one year period
subsequent to the acquisition. The net increase to goodwill as
of December 31, 2003 and 2004 as a result of purchase price
adjustments was $371 and $1,232, respectively.
|
|
3. |
Property and Equipment |
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Machinery and equipment
|
|
$ |
76,030 |
|
|
$ |
82,796 |
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
15,143 |
|
|
|
15,463 |
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
3,086 |
|
|
|
3,417 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94,259 |
|
|
|
101,676 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(56,991 |
) |
|
|
(66,653 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
37,268 |
|
|
$ |
35,023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Machinery and equipment includes $28,209 and $33,167 of
equipment recorded under capital lease agreements with related
accumulated amortization of $15,291 and $19,591 at
December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.
F-20
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Borrowings from senior secured First Priority
Revolving Credit Facility; variable interest payable quarterly
(5.75% interest rate at December 31, 2003); any unpaid
principal and interest due December 18, 2008
|
|
$ |
15,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Borrowings from senior secured First Priority Term
Loan Credit Facility; variable interest payable quarterly
(5.75% and 5.26% interest rate at December 31, 2003 and
2004, respectively); principal payable in varying quarterly
installments; any unpaid principal and interest due
June 18, 2009
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
94,800 |
|
Borrowings from senior secured Second Priority Term
Loan Credit Facility; variable interest payable quarterly
(9.88% and 8.92% interest rate at December 31, 2003 and
2004, respectively); any unpaid principal and interest due
December 18, 2009
|
|
|
225,000 |
|
|
|
208,231 |
|
Various subordinated notes payable; interest ranging from 5% to
11%; principal and interest payable monthly through January 2007
|
|
|
7,510 |
|
|
|
4,833 |
|
Various capital leases; interest rates ranging to 15.9%;
principal and interest payable monthly through September 2009
|
|
|
14,064 |
|
|
|
14,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
361,574 |
|
|
|
322,552 |
|
Less debt discount on Second Priority Credit Facility
|
|
|
(2,234 |
) |
|
|
(1,719 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
359,340 |
|
|
|
320,833 |
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(25,123 |
) |
|
|
(10,276 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
334,217 |
|
|
$ |
310,557 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2000, the Company received $54,412 and $38,088 in gross
cash proceeds from the issuance of senior subordinated Opco
Notes (the Opco Notes) and senior subordinated Holdings Notes
(the Holdings Notes, and collectively with the Opco Notes, the
Notes), respectively. Concurrent with the issuance of the Notes,
the Company granted the holders of the Notes warrants to
purchase up to an aggregate of 1,168,842 common units of the
Company. Such warrants (the Warrants) are exercisable at any
time subsequent to the grant date at an exercise price of
$4.61 per warrant. The estimated aggregate fair value of
the Warrants was $1,039 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model based on the following assumptions: expected volatility of
15%, risk-free interest rate of 6%, and an expected life of
10 years. The fair value of the Warrants was recorded as a
discount on the related Notes and was being amortized as
interest expense over the term of the Notes. As a result of the
debt refinancing completed by the Company in December 2003 (as
discussed further below), the Company wrote off $616 of
unamortized discount on the Warrants in December 2003. None of
the Warrants have been exercised as of December 31, 2004.
As discussed in Note 12 Initial Public
Offering and Reorganization, all of the Warrants were
exchanged in connection with the Companys initial public
offering which was consummated on February 9, 2005.
Interest on the Holdings Notes accreted monthly based on an
accretion schedule specified in the Holdings Notes agreement and
was added to the outstanding principal balance of the Holdings
Notes (the Accreted Value) until April 2005. The effective
interest rate on the Holdings Notes during its entire nine-year
term through April 2009 was approximately 19.6%. The difference
between the Accreted Value and the carrying amount of the
Holdings Notes represented a discount (the Accretion Discount)
which was amortized
F-21
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
over the nine-year term of the Holdings Notes using the
effective interest method. The Holdings Notes were repaid in
December 2003 in connection with the Companys refinancing
of its borrowings discussed below.
In December 2003, the Company refinanced its borrowings under
its then existing senior credit facilities, the Notes and the
Holdings Notes by entering into a new credit agreement with a
group of financial institutions which provides the Company a
$355,000 Senior Secured Credit Facility (the 2003 Senior Credit
Facility). Such credit facility is comprised of a $130,000 First
Priority Facility (consisting of a $30,000 Senior Revolving
Credit Facility and a $100,000 Senior Term Loan Credit
Facility) and a $225,000 Second Priority Facility. At
December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2004, $771 and
$2,479, respectively, of the $30,000 Senior Revolving Credit
Facility have been utilized for the issuance of letters of
credit related to the Companys workers compensation and
automobile insurance policies. There were no outstanding
borrowings against such letters of credit as of
December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2004.
As a result of the debt refinancing completed in December 2003,
the Company recorded a $14,921 loss on early debt
extinguishment, comprised of the following: a) the
write-off of $6,318 in capitalized loan fees related to the
Companys credit facilities existing prior to the debt
refinancing; b) $4,728 in early redemption premiums related
to the Notes paid by the Company upon completion of the debt
refinancing; and c) the write off of $3,875 in unamortized
discounts related to the Warrants and the Accretion Discount.
The Company also capitalized $8,335 of new loan fees incurred in
connection with the 2003 Senior Credit Facility, of which $176
was included in prepaid expenses as of December 31, 2002.
Borrowings under the First Priority Revolving Credit Facility
bear interest at either (i) a Eurodollar rate plus a margin
(the Applicable Margin) that ranges from 2% to 2.75% per
annum, depending on the Companys Leverage Ratio, as
defined, or (ii) an Index Rate, as defined, plus the
Applicable Margin less 1% per annum. The First Priority
Revolving Credit Facility is also subject to a commitment fee
equal to 0.50% of the average daily unused portion of such
revolving facility. Borrowings under the First Priority Term
Loan Facility bear interest at either (i) a Eurodollar
rate plus 3% per annum, or (ii) an Index Rate, as
defined, plus 2% per annum.
Borrowings under the Second Priority Facility bear interest at
either (i) a Eurodollar rate, subject to a Eurodollar rate
minimum of 1.75% per annum, plus a margin of either 6.875%
or 7.875% per annum, depending on the Companys
Leverage Ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, or
(ii) a Base Rate, as defined in the credit agreement, plus
a margin of either 5.875% or 6.875% per annum, depending on
the Companys Leverage Ratio, as defined in the credit
agreement.
The Companys overall weighted average interest rate on its
long term debt was approximately 8.9%, 8.4% and 7.8% for the
years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.
Under the terms of the 2003 Senior Credit Facility, the Company
is subject to mandatory principal prepayments equal to 75% of
Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, as defined, starting during the
year ended December 31, 2004, or up to 75% of the net
proceeds of equity offerings. Mandatory prepayments from such
sources (the Permitted Payments) are applied first to the Second
Priority Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $67,500,
with any excess above $67,500 applied to the First Priority
Facility. During 2004, the Company made mandatory principal
prepayments on its Second Priority Credit Facility in an
aggregate amount of $16,769 based on 75% of its Consolidated
Excess Cash Flow, as defined, during the year ended
December 31, 2004. Mandatory principal prepayments are also
required equal to 100% of the net proceeds from asset sales and
insurance proceeds that each exceed $5 million in
aggregate, as well as 100% of net proceeds from new debt
offerings. Mandatory prepayments from such sources are applied
to the First Priority Facility until it is fully paid, followed
by the Second Priority Facility. With the exception of Permitted
Payments as discussed above, prepayments on the Second Priority
Facility carry a penalty during the first three years of its
term equal to a percentage of the prepayment, as follows: Year
1 11%; Year 2 7.5%; and Year
3 2.5%.
F-22
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Borrowings under the 2003 Senior Credit Facility are secured by
substantially all of the assets of the Company. The 2003 Senior
Credit Facility also contains restrictive covenants which, among
other things, provide limitations on capital expenditures, and
restrictions on indebtedness and distributions to the
Companys equity holders. Additionally, the Company is
required to meet debt covenants based on certain financial ratio
thresholds applicable to the First and Second Priority
Facilities, as follows with ratio thresholds as of
December 31, 2004: (i) First Priority
Facility Interest Coverage Ratio not lower than
1.70, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio not lower than 1.25, Leverage
Ratio not higher than 5.10, and First Priority Senior Debt
Leverage Ratio not higher than 1.75, each as defined; and
(ii) Second Priority Facility Leverage Ratio
not higher than 5.30, as defined. The Company is in compliance
with all such covenants as of December 31, 2004.
Minimum future maturities of long-term debt and capital lease
obligations as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term | |
|
Capital Lease | |
|
|
Debt | |
|
Obligations | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Year ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$ |
3,874 |
|
|
$ |
7,428 |
|
|
2006
|
|
|
1,852 |
|
|
|
4,669 |
|
|
2007
|
|
|
797 |
|
|
|
2,676 |
|
|
2008
|
|
|
48,044 |
|
|
|
1,179 |
|
|
2009
|
|
|
251,569 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
306,145 |
|
|
|
16,553 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,865 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
14,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A substantial portion of the Companys business is operated
in a limited liability company (LLC), taxed as a partnership. As
a result, the members of the LLC pay the income taxes on the
earnings, not the LLC. Accordingly, no income taxes have been
provided on these earnings. The LLC had book income of $12,179,
$370 and $19,212 during the years ended December 31, 2002,
2003 and 2004, respectively, which are not subject to tax at the
LLC level.
F-23
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As discussed in Note 1, the Company was reorganized from a
California limited liability company to a Delaware corporation
immediately prior to the consummation of its initial public
offering on February 9, 2005. The following table includes
the consolidated provision for income taxes related to that
portion of the Companys business not operated as an LLC
prior to the Reorganization in February 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
4,394 |
|
|
$ |
1,562 |
|
|
$ |
6,079 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,419 |
|
|
|
947 |
|
|
|
1,574 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,813 |
|
|
|
2,509 |
|
|
|
7,653 |
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
1,411 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
557 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
454 |
|
|
|
1,622 |
|
|
|
867 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
$ |
6,267 |
|
|
$ |
4,131 |
|
|
$ |
8,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The consolidated deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial statement accruals not currently deductible
|
|
$ |
1,179 |
|
|
$ |
1,206 |
|
|
State taxes
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,207 |
|
|
|
1,364 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of net book value for financial reporting purposes over
income tax basis of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(1,700 |
) |
|
|
(1,653 |
) |
|
Excess of net book value for financial reporting purposes over
income tax basis of intangible assets
|
|
|
(3,075 |
) |
|
|
(3,981 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,775 |
) |
|
|
(5,634 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$ |
(3,568 |
) |
|
$ |
(4,270 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in prepaid
expenses and other current assets and other long-term
liabilities, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets.
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the
Companys effective tax rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
34 |
% |
|
|
34 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
State taxes
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Non-deductible expenses
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
Income of the LLC not taxed at the LLC level
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
23 |
% |
|
|
54 |
% |
|
|
22 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Non-deductible other items include meals and entertainment,
certain acquisition costs and other items that, individually,
are not significant.
|
|
6. |
Commitments and Contingencies |
The Company leases machinery, equipment, and office and
operational facilities under noncancelable operating lease
agreements. Certain lease agreements for the Companys
facilities generally contain renewal options and provide for
annual increases in rent based on the local Consumer Price
Index. The following is a schedule of the Companys future
minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third | |
|
Related | |
|
|
|
|
Party | |
|
Party | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Year ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$ |
26,638 |
|
|
$ |
2,784 |
|
|
$ |
29,422 |
|
|
2006
|
|
|
18,080 |
|
|
|
2,340 |
|
|
|
20,420 |
|
|
2007
|
|
|
11,631 |
|
|
|
2,300 |
|
|
|
13,931 |
|
|
2008
|
|
|
6,771 |
|
|
|
2,312 |
|
|
|
9,083 |
|
|
2009
|
|
|
4,102 |
|
|
|
2,112 |
|
|
|
6,214 |
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
6,698 |
|
|
|
7,256 |
|
|
|
13,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
73,920 |
|
|
$ |
19,104 |
|
|
$ |
93,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total rent expense under operating leases, including
month-to-month rentals, amounted to $32,143, $36,161 and $37,490
during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004,
respectively. Under certain lease agreements, the Company is
responsible for other costs such as property taxes, insurance,
maintenance, and utilities.
The Company is involved in a dispute with a state tax authority
related to unresolved sales tax issues which arose from such
state tax authoritys audit findings from their sales tax
audit of certain operating divisions of the Company for the
period from October 1998 to September 2001. The unresolved
issues relate to the application of sales taxes on certain
discounts granted by the Company to its customers. Based on the
position taken by the state tax authority on these unresolved
issues, they have claimed that an additional $1,179 of sales
taxes are due from the Company for the period in question, plus
$372 of interest. The Company strongly disagrees with the state
tax authoritys position and has filed a petition for
redetermination requesting an appeals conference to resolve
these issues. At an appeals conference held on December 14,
2004, the appeals board ruled that the Company is liable in
connection with one component of the dispute involving
approximately $40, which the Company had previously paid. The
Company has requested another appeals conference to resolve the
remaining issues, but such conference has not yet been
scheduled. The Companys accrued expenses in its
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 include
$151 of reserves related to this matter based primarily on
certain components of the state tax authoritys audit
findings that the Company is not disputing. Based on the
unfavorable outcome from a preliminary appeals hearing held on
March 16, 2005, the Company believes it is probable that
the Company will not prevail on appeal. As a result, the Company
recorded a $1,389 provision for sales tax dispute settlement
during the fourth quarter of 2004. As of December 31, 2004,
accrued expenses in the Companys consolidated balance
sheet include $1,540 of total reserves related to this matter.
The Company had an agreement to pay its Chief Executive Officer
(CEO) and its Chief Operating Officer (COO) each a fee
equal to 1% of the aggregate consideration paid by the Company
in connection with any acquisition. The Company recorded fees of
$653, $9 and $74 during the years ended December 31, 2002,
2003 and 2004, respectively, for which the Company is obligated
to pay its CEO and COO in connection with
F-25
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
this agreement. Such fees are expensed as incurred and are
included in selling, general and administrative expenses. This
agreement terminated upon the consummation of our initial public
offering.
The Company has entered into employment agreements with its CEO,
its COO, its Chief Financial Officer (CFO), and its Chief
Technology Officer (CTO). Such agreements became effective on
February 3, 2005. Each employment agreement provides for a
three-year term which automatically renews for additional
one-year terms subject to the provisions thereof.
The employment agreements with the CEO and the COO each provide
for an annual base salary of $650,000. The CEO and the COO each
may also earn an annual bonus equal to $60,000 for each full
percentage point by which our earnings per share for a fiscal
year exceed by more than 10% our earnings per share for the
previous year. The employment agreement with the CFO provides
for an annual base salary of $250,000. The employment agreement
with the CTO provides for an annual base salary of $400,000. The
CFO and the CTO may also earn an annual bonus of up to $250,000
and $300,000, respectively, under performance criteria to be
established annually. Each of the employment agreements provide
for standard employee benefits.
The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain
of its management employees which require annual gross salary
payments which range from $40 to $200 per annum. The
employment agreements range from a period of one to three years
and include a provision for annual bonuses based on specific
performance criteria. In the event that such key management
employees are terminated without cause, the Company is
contractually obligated to pay the remaining balance due on the
employment contracts.
The following is a schedule of the Companys future minimum
annual payments under such employment agreements as of
December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$ |
2,927 |
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2,540 |
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2,405 |
|
|
2008
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,034 |
|
|
|
|
|
In December 2004, the Company agreed to issue shares of
restricted common stock at the prevailing market price in the
amount of $1,000 to the CTO upon the CTOs development of
certain software applications. In the event that such shares of
restricted common stock are granted, they will vest five years
after the date of grant, subject to the employees
continued employment. As of December 31, 2004, no
restricted common stock have been issued in connection with this
agreement.
The Companys operating agreement provides for the
indemnification of its officers and members of its board of
advisors under certain circumstances for acts and omissions
which may not be covered by any directors and
officers liability insurance. The operating agreement
provides for the Company, among other things, to indemnify its
officers and board members against certain liabilities that may
arise by reason of their status or service as officers and board
members (other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct
of a culpable nature), to advance their expenses incurred as a
result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be
indemnified, and to obtain officers and directors
insurance if available on reasonable terms. There have been no
events to date which would require the Company to indemnify its
officers or members of its board of advisors.
The Company is a creditor and participant in the Chapter 7
Bankruptcy of Louis Frey Company, Inc., or LF Co., which is
pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District
of New York. We
F-26
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
managed LF Co. under a contract from May through September of
2003. LF Co. filed for Bankruptcy protection in August 2003, and
the proceeding was converted to a Chapter 7 liquidation in
October 2003. On or about June 30, 2004, the Bankruptcy
Estate Trustee filed a complaint in the LF Co. Bankruptcy
proceeding against the Company, which was amended on or about
July 19, 2004, alleging, among other things, breach of
contract, breach of fiduciary duties, conversion, unjust
enrichment, tortious interference with contract, unfair
competition and false commercial promotion in violation of The
Lanham Act, misappropriation of trade secrets and fraud
regarding the Companys handling of the assets of LF Co.
The Trustee claims damages of not less than $9.5 million,
as well as punitive damages and treble damages with respect to
the Lanham Act claims. Previously, on or about October 10,
2003, a secured creditor of LF Co., Merrill Lynch Business
Financial Services, Inc., or Merrill, had filed a complaint in
the LF Co. Bankruptcy proceeding against the Company, which was
most recently amended on or about July 6, 2004.
Merrills claims are duplicated in the Trustees suit.
The Company, in turn, has filed answers and counterclaims
denying liability to the Trustee and seeking reimbursement of
all costs and damages sustained as a result of the
Trustees actions and in the Companys efforts to
assist LF Co. Discovery has commenced and is ongoing in each of
these cases. The Company believes that it has meritorious
defenses as well as substantial counterclaims against Merrill
Lynch and the Trustee. The Company intends to vigorously contest
the above matters. Based on the discovery and depositions to
date, the Company does not believe that the outcome of the above
matters will have a material adverse impact on its results of
operations or financial condition.
The Company may be involved in litigation and other legal
matters from time to time in the normal course of business.
Management does not believe that the outcome of any of these
matters will have a material adverse effect on the
Companys consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
|
|
7. |
Related Party Transactions |
The Company leases several of its facilities under operating
lease agreements with entities owned by certain of its executive
officers and other related parties which expire through July
2019. Rental expense on these facilities amounted to $2,281,
$2,209 and $2,793 during the years ended December 31, 2002,
2003 and 2004, respectively.
The Company has a management agreement (the Management
Agreement) with Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC
(CHS) which requires the Company to pay annual management
fees to CHS as compensation for certain management services
rendered to the Company. In accordance with the Management
Agreement, the management fees charged to the Company are
subject to an annual increase based on the Companys
earnings but shall not exceed $1,000 annually. The Management
Agreement expires in April 2005 and is automatically renewable.
However, the Companys Board of Advisors has the ability to
terminate the Management Agreement under certain circumstances
as defined in the Management Agreement. The Management Agreement
terminated upon the consummation of the Companys initial
public offering. Management fees paid by the Company to CHS
amounted to $889, $858, and $835 during the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively.
The Company sells certain products and services to Thomas
Reprographics, Inc. and Albinson Inc., each of which is owned or
controlled by Billy E. Thomas, who beneficially owns more than
5% of the common equity in the Company. These companies
purchased products and services from the Company of
approximately $215, $95 and $64 during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively.
The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan (the Plan)
covering substantially all employees who are at least
21 years of age and have satisfied a service requirement
ranging from three to six months through December 31, 2001.
Effective January 2002, the Plan was amended to remove the
minimum service requirement. Plan participants may contribute up
to 19% of their annual eligible compensation, subject to
F-27
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
contribution limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Company matches up to 20% of participant
contributions to a maximum of 4% of their annual eligible
compensation. The Companys total expense under these plans
amounted to $388, $544, and $595 during the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively.
In January 2001, the Company established the American
Reprographics Holdings, LLC Unit Option Plan (the Option Plan)
which permits the grant of options (the Options) to key
personnel to purchase up to 1,735,415 common membership units of
the Company (the Option Units). Options granted under the Option
Plan are nontransferable and may be exercised at an option price
to be determined by the Companys board of advisors
provided that the option price is not less than 85% of the fair
market value of such unit of grant date.
In the event of a key personnels termination of employment
with the Company, Option Units attributable to the exercise of
an Option shall generally be subject to redemption by the
Company at a redemption price generally equal to the fair market
value per common membership unit. In limited circumstances, the
Option Units could be repurchased at the Option exercise price.
As of December 31, 2004, a repurchase of any units under
the Option Plan was not expected. The option to repurchase the
Option Units was terminated as a result of the consummation of
the Companys initial public offering in February 2005 as
discussed in Note 12.
The Company has granted Options to certain key personnel in
accordance with the terms of the Option Plan at exercise prices
equal to managements estimate of the fair value of the
common membership units at the date of issuance (except for 2004
grants described below). A summary of the activity related to
the Companys Option Plan is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
Units | |
|
Price | |
|
Units | |
|
Price | |
|
Units | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding at beginning of the period
|
|
|
667,500 |
|
|
$ |
4.87 |
|
|
|
1,421,500 |
|
|
$ |
5.07 |
|
|
|
1,446,000 |
|
|
$ |
5.09 |
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
761,500 |
|
|
|
5.25 |
|
|
|
39,500 |
|
|
|
5.55 |
|
|
|
307,915 |
|
|
|
5.91 |
|
|
Canceled
|
|
|
(7,500 |
) |
|
|
(4.87 |
) |
|
|
(15,000 |
) |
|
|
(4.87 |
) |
|
|
(41,000 |
) |
|
|
(5.52 |
) |
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,500 |
) |
|
|
(5.25 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of the period
|
|
|
1,421,500 |
|
|
$ |
5.07 |
|
|
|
1,446,000 |
|
|
$ |
5.09 |
|
|
|
1,690,415 |
|
|
$ |
5.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2004, the Company granted 307,915 options to purchase
common membership units to employees with exercise prices
ranging from $5.62 to $6.85 per unit. The fair market value
of the Companys common member units on the date of grant
was $16 per unit. In connection with the issuances, the
Company recorded a deferred compensation charge of $3,074 in
connection with the issuance as the exercise price of the units
was less than the estimated fair market value of the
Companys membership units as of the date of grant after
giving consideration to the anticipated fair value of the
membership units during the one-year period preceeding the
Companys initial public offering which was consummated in
February 2005. The Company will amortize the deferred
compensation charge over the vesting period of the options,
generally five years. As of December 31, 2004, the Company
has amortized $547 of the deferred compensation charge.
Of the total options outstanding, 485,000, 806,250 and 1,051,500
options were exercisable at December 31, 2002, 2003 and
2004, respectively, at exercise prices ranging from $4.75 to
$5.62 per option. As of
F-28
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2004, the 1,690,415 options outstanding had a
weighted average remaining contractual life of 86 months.
In connection with the consummation of the Companys
initial public offering in February 2005, the Company adopted
the American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan (the 2005
Stock Plan). Upon adoption of the 2005 Stock Plan, all
outstanding options under the Option Plan were canceled in
exchange for an option under the 2005 Stock Plan exercisable for
shares of ARCs common stock equal to the number of units
subject to the Option Plan and with the same exercise price and
vesting terms as those provided under the Option Plan. See
Note 12 Initial Public Offering and
Reorganization for additional details concerning the 2005
Stock Plan. Although 22,500 options remained available for
future issuance under the Option Plan as of December 31,
2004, the Option Plan has been terminated in connection with the
Reorganization in February 2005 and options are no longer
issuable under the Option Plan.
|
|
10. |
Members Equity and Redeemable Membership Units |
|
|
|
Common and Redeemable Common Membership Units |
Each common membership unit is entitled to one vote with respect
to any action presented for a vote of the Companys
members. Except for units issued in accordance with the Option
Plan, common membership units may be transferred without the
consent of the board of advisors under certain conditions
specified in the Companys Amended and Restated Operating
Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2002, the
Company redeemed all outstanding redeemable common membership
units. See Note 2.
|
|
|
Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Membership Units |
Holders of the Companys mandatorily redeemable preferred
units are entitled to receive a yield of 13.25% of its
Liquidation Value per annum for the first three years starting
in April 2000, and increasing to 15% of the Liquidation Value
per annum thereafter. The discount inherent in the yield for the
first three years was recorded as an adjustment to the carrying
amount of the mandatorily redeemable preferred units. This
discount was amortized as a dividend over the initial three
years. Of the total yield on the mandatorily redeemable
preferred units, 48% is mandatorily payable quarterly in cash to
the mandatorily redeemable preferred unit holders. The unpaid
portion of the yield accumulates annually and is added to the
Liquidation Value of the mandatorily redeemable preferred units.
Such units have an aggregate liquidation preference over common
units of $20 million plus accumulated and unpaid yield.
Mandatorily redeemable preferred units have no voting rights.
Mandatorily redeemable preferred units are redeemable without
premium or penalty, wholly or in part, at the Companys
option at any time, for the Liquidation Value, including any
unpaid yield. Redeemable preferred units are mandatorily
redeemable on the earlier to occur of (i) an initial public
offering of the Company (to the extent of 25% of the net
proceeds thereof), (ii) a sale of equity or assets of the
Company or any of its principal operating subsidiaries after
retirement in full of the Companys debt under its senior
credit facilities, or (iii) April 10, 2010. At
December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004, the Company had 20,000
redeemable preferred membership units issued and outstanding. As
discussed in Note 12 Initial Public
Offering and Reorganization, the Company redeemed all of
the Preferred Units on February 9, 2005 in connection with
the consummation of its initial public offering (IPO). The
redemption price amounted to $28,263 based on the Preferred
Units Liquidation Value at the IPO date.
In accordance with the Companys Amended and Restated
Operating Agreement, cash distributions will be made first, to
all preferred members based on their tax liability imposed on
the yield earned on their preferred units; second, to all common
members, based on their tax liability imposed on the
Companys
F-29
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
earnings. The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement also
provides for certain members who receive less than their
proportionate share of cash distributions, at their election or
the election of the Companys management, to be granted an
additional cash distribution to bring their proportionate share
of cash distributions equal to the rest of the Companys
common members. Any remaining cash available for distribution
will be distributed, at the discretion of the Companys
board of advisors, first to all preferred members to the extent
of the Liquidation Value of their preferred units; second, to
all common members, except to those common members where such
distribution would cause or increase a deficit to their capital
accounts.
|
|
11. |
Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) |
Quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31,
2003 and 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
March 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
105,272 |
|
|
$ |
108,882 |
|
|
$ |
102,184 |
|
|
$ |
99,622 |
|
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
42,292 |
|
|
$ |
44,551 |
|
|
$ |
39,229 |
|
|
$ |
37,860 |
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
5,946 |
|
|
$ |
8,049 |
|
|
$ |
2,583 |
|
|
$ |
(13,025 |
) |
Net income (loss) attributable to common members
|
|
$ |
5,110 |
|
|
$ |
7,155 |
|
|
$ |
2,583 |
|
|
$ |
(13,025 |
) |
Net income (loss) attributable to common members per unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.07 |
|
|
$ |
(0.36 |
) |
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.07 |
|
|
$ |
(0.36 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
March 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
110,518 |
|
|
$ |
115,615 |
|
|
$ |
110,165 |
|
|
$ |
107,566 |
|
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
45,919 |
|
|
$ |
49,424 |
|
|
$ |
44,287 |
|
|
$ |
40,447 |
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
8,438 |
|
|
$ |
9,845 |
|
|
$ |
7,191 |
|
|
$ |
4,074 |
|
Net income attributable to common members
|
|
$ |
8,438 |
|
|
$ |
9,845 |
|
|
$ |
7,191 |
|
|
$ |
4,074 |
|
Net income attributable to common members per unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.23 |
|
|
$ |
0.26 |
|
|
$ |
0.19 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
|
|
Initial Public Offering and Reorganization |
The Companys initial public offering (IPO) was
consummated on February 9, 2005. Immediately prior to the
consummation of the IPO, the Company reorganized from a
California limited liability company (American Reprographics
Holdings, L.L.C.) to a Delaware corporation (American
Reprographics Company or ARC). In connection with this
Reorganization, the Companys common members exchanged
their common member units for common stock of ARC. Each option
issued to purchase the Companys common member units under
the Option Plan was exchanged for an option exercisable for
shares of ARCs common
F-30
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
stock with the same exercise prices and vesting terms as the
original grants, and the warrants were exchanged for
754,476 shares of the ARCs common stock, based on an
initial public offering price of $13.00 per share.
The net proceeds received by the Company in the offering
amounted to $89,290 as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate offering proceeds to the Company
|
|
$ |
99,667 |
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions
|
|
|
6,977 |
|
Finders fees
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters fees
|
|
|
|
|
Other fees and expenses (estimated)
|
|
|
3,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses (estimated)
|
|
|
10,377 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds to the Company
|
|
$ |
89,290 |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company used the net proceeds from its initial public
offering as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
$28,263 to repurchase the Companys mandatorily redeemable
preferred membership units, including accrued interest, which
became payable upon the Companys initial public offering; |
|
|
|
$50,731 to repay a portion of the Companys
$225 million Second Priority Term
Loan Credit Facility |
|
|
|
$9,000 to repay a portion of the Companys
$100 million First Priority Term Loan Credit
Facility |
As a result of the prepayments on the Companys Term
Loan Credit Facilities from the IPO proceeds, the Company
wrote-off $1,503 of deferred financing costs in February 2005.
In connection with the IPO, the Company adopted the American
Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan (the 2005 Stock Plan)
which provides for discretionary grants of incentive stock
options to employees, including officers and employee directors,
and for the discretionary grant of nonstatutory stock options,
restricted stock, restricted stock units, and stock appreciation
rights to employees, directors and consultants. The 2005 Stock
Plan also provides for the periodic automatic grant of
nonstatutory stock options to non-employee directors. The 2005
Stock Plan authorizes the Company to grant options to purchase
up to 5,000,000 shares of common stock. The Company also
adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) to
provide an incentive to attract, retain and reward eligible
employees of the Company. A total of 750,000 shares of
common stock are initially authorized and reserved for sale
under the ESPP.
Due to their tax attributes, certain members in the past have
elected to receive less than their proportionate share of
distributions for such taxes as a result of a difference in the
tax basis of their equity interest in the Company. In accordance
with the terms of the Companys operating agreement, the
Company made a cash distribution of $8,235 to such members in
February 2005 in connection with the consummation of the IPO to
bring their proportionate share of tax distributions equal to
the rest of the Companys common members. These
distributions were not accrued at December 31, 2004, but
became payable and were recorded immediately prior to the
reorganization and consummation of the IPO.
ARCs amended and restated certificate of incorporation
authorizes its board of directors, without stockholder approval,
to issue up to 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one
or more series with voting and conversion rights that could
adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common
stock, without stockholder approval. No shares of preferred
stock are outstanding and ARC has no present plan to issue any
shares of preferred stock.
F-31
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, L.L.C.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Subsequent to December 31, 2004, the Company completed the
acquisition of three reprographics companies in the United
States with combined annual sales of approximately
$5.3 million for a total purchase price of
$1.2 million.
F-32
Schedule II
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS HOLDINGS, LLC
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
Charges to | |
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
|
Beginning | |
|
Cost and | |
|
|
|
End of | |
|
|
of Period | |
|
Expenses | |
|
Deductions | |
|
Period | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Year ended December 31, 2002:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
1,875 |
|
|
$ |
816 |
|
|
$ |
(543 |
) |
|
$ |
2,148 |
|
|
Allowance for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
135 |
|
|
|
(159 |
) |
|
|
273 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,172 |
|
|
$ |
951 |
|
|
$ |
(702 |
) |
|
$ |
2,421 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2003:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
2,148 |
|
|
$ |
1,698 |
|
|
$ |
(1,056 |
) |
|
$ |
2,790 |
|
|
Allowance for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
273 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
(243 |
) |
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,421 |
|
|
$ |
1,946 |
|
|
$ |
(1,299 |
) |
|
$ |
3,068 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
2,790 |
|
|
$ |
1,281 |
|
|
$ |
(1,018 |
) |
|
$ |
3,053 |
|
|
Allowance for inventory obsolescence
|
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,068 |
|
|
$ |
1,370 |
|
|
$ |
(1,064 |
) |
|
$ |
3,374 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-33